CROWN HOLDINGS INC (Form: 10-Q, Received: 07/30/2015 16:04:32)

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

____________________________________

FORM 10-Q

____________________________________



x	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED June 30, 2015



¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ____ TO ____

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 000-50189

____________________________________________________

CROWN HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

____________________________________________________



Pennsylvania		75-3099507
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One Crown Way, Philadelphia, PA		19154-4599
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

215-698-5100

(registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

____________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one)



Large accelerated filer	x	Accelerated filer	¨

Non-accelerated filer	o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes ¨ No x

There were 139,401,803 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of July 28, 2015 .

Crown Holdings, Inc.

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions except per share data)

(Unaudited)



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
	2015			2014			2015			2014
Net sales	$	2,278		$	2,383		$	4,275		$	4,376
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization	1,843			1,960			3,503			3,621
Depreciation and amortization	62			47			113			82
Gross profit	373			376			659			673
Selling and administrative expense	99			103			197			207
Restructuring and other	(3		)	31			17			83
Loss from early extinguishments of debt	9			—			9			—
Interest expense	69			66			134			124
Interest income	(2		)	(1		)	(4		)	(3		)
Foreign exchange	(1		)	—			5			6
Income before income taxes	202			177			301			256
Provision for income taxes	49			50			86			83
Net income	153			127			215			173
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	(11		)	(21		)	(29		)	(43		)
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	142		$	106		$	186		$	130

Earnings per common share attributable to Crown Holdings:
Basic	$	1.03		$	0.77		$	1.35		$	0.95
Diluted	$	1.02		$	0.76		$	1.34		$	0.94

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In millions)

(Unaudited)



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
	2015			2014			2015			2014
Net income	$	153		$	127		$	215		$	173

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	4			(4		)	(207		)	(8		)
Pension and other postretirement benefits	12			17			23			32
Derivatives qualifying as hedges	(8		)	14			(10		)	21
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	8			27			(194		)	45

Total comprehensive income (loss)	161			154			21			218
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	(11		)	(21		)	(29		)	(43		)
Translation adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests	(1		)	(1		)	1			(1		)
Derivatives qualifying as hedges attributable to noncontrolling interests	1			(2		)	1			(2		)
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Crown Holdings	$	150		$	130		$	(6	)	$	172

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Condensed)

(In millions)

(Unaudited)



	June 30, 2015		December 31, 2014
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	288	$	965
Receivables, net	1,098		1,031
Inventories	1,454		1,324
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	344		256
Assets held for sale	—		48
Total current assets	3,184		3,624

Goodwill and intangible assets, net	3,790		2,926
Property, plant and equipment, net	2,672		2,437
Other non-current assets	713		721
Total	$	10,359	$	9,708

Liabilities and equity
Current liabilities
Short-term debt	$	56	$	75
Current maturities of long-term debt	152		177
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	2,525		2,651
Liabilities held for sale	—		23
Total current liabilities	2,733		2,926

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities	5,677		5,007
Postretirement and pension liabilities	862		871
Other non-current liabilities	683		517
Commitments and contingent liabilities ( Note L )
Noncontrolling interests	278		268
Crown Holdings shareholders’ equity	126		119
Total equity	404		387
Total	$	10,359	$	9,708

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Condensed)

(In millions)

(Unaudited)



	Six Months Ended
	June 30
	2015			2014
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	215		$	173
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used for operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	113			82
Restructuring and other	17			83
Loss from early extinguishments of debt	9			—
Pension expense	22			31
Pension contributions	(34		)	(42		)
Stock-based compensation	17			14
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Receivables	(96		)	(130		)
Inventories	(132		)	(252		)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(168		)	(88		)
Other, net	22			12
Net cash used for operating activities	(15		)	(117		)
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures	(111		)	(149		)
Purchase of business	(1,207		)	(733		)
Proceeds from sale of business	30			22
Other	(14		)	6
Net cash used for investing activities	(1,302		)	(854		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from long-term debt	1,421			1,827
Payments of long-term debt	(752		)	(1,015		)
Net change in revolving credit facility and short-term debt	96			(130		)
Debt issue costs	(17		)	(33		)
Common stock issued	5			10
Common stock repurchased	(9		)	(2		)
Purchase of noncontrolling interests	—			(93		)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests	(17		)	(34		)
Foreign exchange derivatives related to debt	(48		)	(2		)
Net cash provided by financing activities	679			528
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(39		)	(2		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(677		)	(445		)
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1	965			689
Cash and cash equivalents at June 30	$	288		$	244

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In millions)

(Unaudited)



	Crown Holdings, Inc. Shareholders’ Equity
	Common Stock		Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Earnings		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Treasury Stock			Total Crown Equity			Noncontrolling Interests			Total
Balance at January 1, 2014	$	929	$	431		$	1,395	$	(2,513	)	$	(238	)	$	4		$	285		$	289
Net income						130								130			43			173
Other comprehensive income								42						42			3			45
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests														—			(19		)	(19		)
Restricted stock awarded			(1		)						1			—						—
Stock-based compensation			14											14						14
Common stock issued			7								3			10						10
Common stock repurchased			(2		)									(2		)				(2		)
Purchase of noncontrolling interests			(54		)									(54		)	(44		)	(98		)
Balance at June 30, 2014	$	929	$	395		$	1,525	$	(2,471	)	$	(234	)	$	144		$	268		$	412

Balance at January 1, 2015	$	929	$	407		$	1,782	$	(2,765	)	$	(234	)	$	119		$	268		$	387
Net income						186								186			29			215
Other comprehensive income								(192		)				(192		)	(2		)	(194		)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests														—			(17		)	(17		)
Restricted stock awarded			(2		)						2			—						—
Stock-based compensation			17											17						17
Common stock issued			4								1			5						5
Common stock repurchased			(8		)						(1		)	(9		)				(9		)
Balance at June 30, 2015	$	929	$	418		$	1,968	$	(2,957	)	$	(232	)	$	126		$	278		$	404

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In millions, except per share and statistical data)

(Unaudited)


A.	Statement of Information Furnished

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Crown Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”). The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Form 10-Q instructions. In the opinion of management, these consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature necessary for a fair statement of the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2015 and the results of its operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and of its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 . The results reported in these consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. These results have been determined on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The year-end condensed balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. The accompanying consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 .


B.	Accounting and Reporting Developments

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In the first quarter of 2015, the Company adopted changes to the definition of discontinued operations to include only disposals that represent a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The change did not impact the Company's financial statements in 2015.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to how an entity should recognize revenue. The guidance specifies that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. In addition, the guidance expands the required disclosures related to revenue and cash flows from contracts with customers. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2018 with early adoption permitted beginning in the first quarter of 2017. Retrospective application is permitted, but not required. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its financial position and results of operations.

In April, the FASB issued new guidance related to the classification of debt issuance costs. The guidance requires the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount of the liability instead of a deferred charge. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance is not expected to impact the Company's financial statements other than presentation on the balance sheet.

C. Acquisitions

Empaque

On February 18, 2015 , the Company completed its acquisition of Empaque, a leading manufacturer of beverage packaging in Mexico, from Heineken N.V., in a cash transaction valued at $1.2 billion . The addition of Empaque significantly increases the Company's presence in the growing Mexican market and substantially enhances the Company's strategic position in beverage cans, both regionally and globally.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The following table summarizes the consideration transferred to acquire Empaque and the preliminary valuation of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.



Fair value of consideration transferred
Cash	$	1,207
Total consideration	$	1,207

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
Receivables, net	106
Inventories	55
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	1
Intangible assets	460
Property, plant and equipment, net	294
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(91		)
Other non-current liabilities	(223		)
Total identifiable net assets	$	602

Goodwill	$	605

The acquired goodwill was assigned to the Company's Americas Beverage segment and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The acquired property, plant and equipment will be depreciated over the estimated remaining useful lives of the equipment in accordance with the Company's existing policies and procedures, primarily on a straight-line basis.

Intangible assets include $162 of customer relationships that will be amortized over 18 years and $298 for a long-term supply contract with Heineken affiliates that will be amortized over 15 years.

The Company has not finalized its valuation of the assets acquired and as a result has not yet finalized the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company expects to finalize its purchase accounting within one year of the acquisition date.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 , Empaque contributed sales of approximately $173 and $ 248 , respectively.

Mivisa

On April 23, 2014 , the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of the sole shareholder of Mivisa Envases, S.A.U. (“Mivisa”) for $733 , net of $28 in cash acquired, plus $977 of debt assumed. Mivisa, based in Murcia, Spain, primarily serves the vegetable, fruit, fish and meat markets and is the largest food can producer in both the Iberian Peninsula and Morocco.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The following table summarizes the final fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition.



Fair value of consideration transferred
Cash	$	733
Total consideration	$	733

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
Receivables, net	201
Inventories	195
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	11
Intangible assets	295
Property, plant and equipment, net	318
Net assets of business to be divested	9
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(159		)
Debt	(977		)
Other non-current liabilities	(98		)
Total identifiable net assets	$	(205	)

Goodwill	$	938

D. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The following table provides information about the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income.



	Defined benefit plans			Foreign currency translation			Gains and losses on cash flow hedges			Total
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	(1,828	)	$	(658	)	$	(27	)	$	(2,513	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	—			(9		)	(2		)	(11		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income	32			—			21			53
Other comprehensive income (loss)	32			(9		)	19			42
Balance at June 30, 2014	$	(1,796	)	$	(667	)	$	(8	)	$	(2,471	)

Balance at December 31, 2014	$	(1,781	)	$	(980	)	$	(4	)	$	(2,765	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	—			(206		)	(13		)	(219		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income	23			—			4			27
Other comprehensive income (loss)	23			(206		)	(9		)	(192		)
Balance at June 30, 2015	$	(1,758	)	$	(1,186	)	$	(13	)	$	(2,957	)

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The following table provides information about amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income.



	Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
Details about accumulated other	June 30						June 30						Affected line item in the
comprehensive income components	2015			2014			2015			2014			statement of operations
Gains and losses on cash flow hedges
Commodities	$	5		$	7		$	4		$	26		Cost of products sold
	5			7			4			26			Total before tax
	(1		)	(1		)	(1		)	(7		)	Provision for income taxes
	$	4		$	6		$	3		$	19		Net of tax

Foreign exchange	$	(1	)	$	(1	)	$	(1	)	$	—		Net sales
	1			1			2			2			Cost of products sold
	—			—			1			2			Total before tax
	—			—			—			—			Provision for income taxes
	$	—		$	—		$	1		$	2		Net of tax

Total gains and losses on cash flow hedges	$	4		$	6		$	4		$	21

Amortization of defined benefit plan items
Actuarial losses	$	28		$	34		$	55		$	64		(a)
Prior service credit	(12		)	(12		)	(24		)	(24		)	(a)
	16			22			31			40			Total before tax
	(4		)	(5		)	(8		)	(8		)	Provision for income taxes
	$	12		$	17		$	23		$	32		Net of tax

Total reclassifications for the period	$	16		$	23		$	27		$	53

(a) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and postretirement cost. See Note N for further details.

E. Stock-Based Compensation

A summary of restricted stock transactions during the six months ended June 30, 2015 follows:



	Number of shares
Non-vested stock awards outstanding at January 1, 2015	1,960,357
Awarded:
Time-vesting shares	268,680
Performance-based shares	201,092
Released:
Time-vesting shares	(373,741	)
Performance-based shares	(155,180	)
Forfeitures:
Time-vesting shares	(40,250	)
Performance-based shares	(61,008	)
Non-vested stock awards outstanding at June 30, 2015	1,799,950

Crown Holdings, Inc.

In January 2015, the Company awarded shares of restricted stock to certain senior executives consisting of time-vesting awards which vest ratably over three years and performance-based shares which cliff vest at the end of three years . The number of performance-based shares that will ultimately vest is based on the level of market performance achieved, ranging between 0% and 200% of the shares originally awarded, and will be settled in stock. The market performance criteria is the Company's Total Shareholder Return ("TSR"), which includes share price appreciation and dividends paid, during the three-year term of the award measured against the TSR of a peer group of companies.

In June 2015, the Company granted a general award of 175,200 shares of time-vesting restricted and deferred stock. The shares vest ratably over four years commencing in 2017 .

The weighted average grant-date fair value of the 2015 time-vesting stock awards was $53.59 and the performance-based stock awards was $49.50 .

The fair value of the performance-based shares awarded in 2015 was calculated using a Monte Carlo valuation model. The estimated weighted average grant-date fair value of the performance-based shares awarded in 2015 was calculated using a weighted average stock price volatility of 17.4% , an expected term of three years, and a weighted average risk-free interest rate of 1.06% .

At June 30, 2015 , unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding non-vested stock awards was $49 . The weighted average period over which the expense is expected to be recognized is 2.8 years. The aggregate market value of the shares released and issued on the vesting dates was $28 .


F.	Receivables



	June 30, 2015			December 31, 2014
Accounts receivable	$	986		$	940
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts	(83		)	(88		)
Net trade receivables	903			852
Miscellaneous receivables	195			179
Receivables, net	$	1,098		$	1,031

The Company uses receivable securitization facilities in the normal course of business as part of managing its cash flows. In connection with the Company's North American receivable securitization facility, the Company recognized a deferred purchase price of $122 which was included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The net change in deferred purchase price receivable was reflected in the receivables line item on the Company's Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

G. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost for U.S. inventories principally determined under the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Non-U.S. inventories are principally determined under the FIFO or average cost method.



	June 30, 2015		December 31, 2014
Raw materials and supplies	$	668	$	684
Work in process	163		134
Finished goods	623		506
	$	1,454	$	1,324

Crown Holdings, Inc.

H. Derivative and Other Financial Instruments

Fair Value Measurements

Under GAAP a framework exists for measuring fair value, providing a three-tier hierarchy of pricing inputs used to report assets and liabilities that are adjusted to fair value. Level 1 includes inputs such as quoted prices which are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the report date. Level 2 includes inputs other than those available in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. Level 3 includes unobservable pricing inputs that are not corroborated by market data or other objective sources. The Company has no items valued using Level 3 inputs other than certain pension plan assets.

The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value and their placement within the fair value hierarchy.

The Company applies a market approach to value its commodity price hedge contracts. Prices from observable markets are used to develop the fair value of these financial instruments and they are reported under Level 1. The Company uses an income approach to value its foreign exchange forward contracts. These contracts are valued using a discounted cash flow model that calculates the present value of future cash flows under the terms of the contracts using market information as of the reporting date, such as foreign exchange spot and forward rates, and are reported under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Fair value disclosures for financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis are provided later in this note. In addition, see Note J for fair value disclosures related to debt.

Derivative Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business the Company is subject to risk from adverse fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. The Company manages these risks through a program that includes the use of derivative financial instruments, primarily swaps and forwards. Counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties. The Company does not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The Company’s objective in managing exposure to market risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow. The extent to which the Company uses such instruments is dependent upon its access to these contracts in the financial markets and its success using other methods, such as netting exposures in the same currencies to mitigate foreign exchange risk and using sales agreements that permit the pass-through of commodity price and foreign exchange rate risk to customers.

For derivative financial instruments accounted for in hedging relationships, the Company formally designates and documents, at inception, the financial instrument as a hedge of a specific underlying exposure, the risk management objective and the manner in which effectiveness will be assessed. The Company formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the hedging relationships are effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the related underlying exposures. When a hedge no longer qualifies for hedge accounting the change in fair value from the date of the last effectiveness test is recognized in earnings. Any gain or loss which has accumulated in other comprehensive income at the date of the last effectiveness test is reclassified into earnings at the same time of the underlying exposure.

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company designates certain derivative financial instruments as cash flow hedges. No components of the hedging instruments are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Changes in fair value of outstanding derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, except for ineffectiveness, are recorded in other comprehensive income until earnings are impacted by the hedged transaction. Classification of the gain or loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations upon reclassification from comprehensive income is the same as that of the underlying exposure. Contracts outstanding at June 30, 2015 mature between one and forty months.

When the Company discontinues hedge accounting because it is no longer probable that an anticipated transaction will occur in the originally specified period, changes to fair value accumulated in other comprehensive income are recognized immediately in earnings.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The Company uses forward contracts to hedge anticipated purchases of various commodities, including aluminum, fuel oil and natural gas and these exposures are hedged by a central treasury unit.

The Company also designates certain foreign exchange contracts as cash flow hedges of anticipated foreign currency denominated sales or purchases. The Company manages these risks at the operating unit level. Often the hedging of foreign currency risk is performed in concert with related commodity price hedges.

The following table sets forth financial information about the impact on accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) and earnings from changes in the fair value of derivative instruments.



	Amount of gain/(loss)						Amount of gain/(loss)
	recognized in AOCI						reclassified from AOCI
	(effective portion)						into earnings
	Three Months Ended			Six Months Ended			Three Months Ended			Six Months Ended
Derivatives in cash flow hedges	June 30, 2015			June 30, 2015			June 30, 2015			June 30, 2015

Foreign exchange	$	(3	)	$	(2	)	$	—		$	(1	)
Commodities	(9		)	(11		)	(4		)	(3		)
Total	$	(12	)	$	(13	)	$	(4	)	$	(4	)



	Amount of gain/(loss)					Amount of gain/(loss)
	recognized in AOCI					reclassified from AOCI
	(effective portion)					into earnings
	Three Months Ended		Six Months Ended			Three Months Ended			Six Months Ended
Derivatives in cash flow hedges	June 30, 2014		June 30, 2014			June 30, 2014			June 30, 2014

Foreign exchange	$	—	$	1		$	—		$	(2	)
Commodities	6		(3		)	(6		)	(19		)
Total	$	6	$	(2	)	$	(6	)	$	(21	)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 , the Company recognized a gain of $2 (net of tax), related to hedge ineffectiveness caused primarily by volatility in the metal premium component of aluminum prices.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 , the Company recognized a gain of $3 and a loss of $4 (net of tax), respectively, related to hedge ineffectiveness caused primarily by volatility in the metal premium component of aluminum prices.

During the twelve month period ending June 30, 2016, a net loss of $13 ( $11 , net of tax) is expected to be reclassified to earnings. No amounts were reclassified during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 in connection with anticipated transactions that were no longer considered probable.

Fair Value Hedges and Contracts Not Designated as Hedges

The Company designates certain derivative financial instruments as fair value hedges of recognized foreign-denominated assets and liabilities, generally trade accounts receivable and payable and unrecognized firm commitments. The notional values and maturity dates of the derivative instruments coincide with those of the hedged items. Changes in fair value of the derivative financial instruments, excluding time value, are offset by changes in fair value of the related hedged items.

Other than for firm commitments, amounts related to time value are excluded from the assessment and measurement of hedge effectiveness and are reported in earnings. Less than $1 was reported in earnings for the three months ended June 30, 2015 .

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Certain derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts related to intercompany debt, were not designated in hedge relationships; however, they are effective economic hedges as the changes in their fair value, except for time value, are offset by changes in re-measurement of the related hedged items. The Company’s primary use of these derivative instruments is to offset the earnings impact that fluctuations in foreign exchange rates have on certain monetary

assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the entity's functional currency. Changes in fair value of these derivative instruments are immediately recognized in earnings as foreign exchange adjustments.

The impact on earnings from foreign exchange contracts designated as fair value hedges was a gain of $3 and a gain of $1 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 , respectively, and gain of $1 and a gain of less than $1 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 , respectively . The impact on earnings from foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedges was a gain of $5 and a loss of $43 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 , respectively, and a gain of $12 and a loss of $13 for the same periods in 2014 . These adjustments were reported within foreign exchange in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and were offset by changes in the fair values of the related underlying hedged items.

During the three months ended June 30, 2015, certain commodity hedges did not meet the criteria for hedge accounting and therefore the change in their fair value during the quarter was recognized in earnings. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the Company recognized a gain of $2 ( $1 , net of tax) related to these ineffective hedges.

Fair Values of Derivative Financial Instruments and Valuation Hierarchy

The following table sets forth the fair value hierarchy for the Company's financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.



	Balance Sheet classification	Fair Value hierarchy	June 30, 2015		December 31, 2014
Derivative assets
Derivatives designated as hedges:
Foreign exchange	Other current assets	2	$	37	$	20
Commodities	Other current assets	2	4		2
Commodities	Other non-current assets	2	1		—
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign exchange	Other current assets	2	—		—
Commodities	Other current assets	2	2		—
Commodities	Other non-current assets	2	2		—
	Total		$	46	$	22

Derivative liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedges:
Foreign exchange	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	2	$	36	$	20
Commodities	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	2	16		10
Commodities	Other non-current liabilities	2	2		—
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign exchange	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	2	4		15
Commodities	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	2	5		—
Commodities	Other non-current liabilities	2	1		—
	Total		$	64	$	45

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Offsetting of Derivative Assets and Liabilities

Certain derivative financial instruments are subject to agreements with counterparties similar to master netting arrangements and are eligible for offset. The Company has made an accounting policy election not to offset the fair values of these instruments within the statement of financial position. In the table below, the aggregate fair values of the Company's derivative assets and liabilities are presented on both a gross and net basis, where appropriate.



	Gross amounts recognized in the Balance Sheet	Gross amounts not offset in the Balance Sheet	Net amount
Balance at June 30, 2015
Derivative assets	$46	$5	$41
Derivative liabilities	64	5	59

Balance at December 31, 2014
Derivative assets	22	4	18
Derivative liabilities	45	4	41

Notional Values of Outstanding Derivative Instruments

The aggregate U.S. dollar-equivalent notational values of outstanding derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were:



	June 30, 2015		December 31, 2014
Derivatives in cash flow hedges:
Foreign exchange	$	353	$	678
Commodities	207		213
Derivatives in fair value hedges:
Foreign exchange	78		85
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign exchange	585		603
Commodities	58		—


I.	Restructuring and Other

The Company recorded restructuring and other as follows:



	Three Months Ended					Six Months Ended
	June 30					June 30
	2015			2014		2015		2014
Asset impairments and sales	$	(5	)	$	—	$	1	$	42
Restructuring	1			12		1		13
Transaction costs	1			12		15		14
Other costs	—			7		—		14
	(3		)	31		$	17	83

Asset impairment and sales in 2014 related to the divestment of certain operations in connection with the acquisition of Mivisa. Restructuring costs in 2014 primarily related to severance costs in the Company's European Food segment. Transaction costs related to the acquisitions of Mivisa in 2014 and Empaque in 2015. Other costs in 2014 primarily related to the temporary relocation of production due to a labor dispute in the Company's Americas Beverage segment.

The tables below summarize the outstanding accrual balances associated with prior restructuring actions.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

2013 European Division Actions

Through June 30, 2015 , the Company incurred costs of $31 related to an initiative to better align costs with ongoing market conditions in its European operations, primarily in its food, aerosol and specialty packaging businesses. The action is expected to result in the reduction of approximately 205 employees. The Company expects to pay the remaining liability in 2015 and does not expect to incur any additional charges related to this action.

The table below summarizes the restructuring accrual balances and utilization by cost type for this action.



	Termination benefits			Other exit costs		Total
Balance at January 1, 2015	$	14		$	—	$	14
Payments	(6		)	—		(6		)
Foreign currency translation	(1		)	—		(1		)
Balance at June 30, 2015	$	7		$	—	$	7

2014 European Division Actions

Through June 30, 2015 , the Company incurred costs of $8 related to severance costs in connection with the planned closure of a manufacturing facility in its European Food segment. The action is expected to result in the reduction of approximately 100 employees when completed in 2015. The Company does not expect to incur any additional charges related to this action.

The table below summarizes the restructuring accrual balances and utilization by cost type for this action.



	Termination benefits			Other exit costs		Total
Balance at January 1, 2015	$	8		$	—	$	8
Payments	(3		)	—		(3		)
Balance at June 30, 2015	$	5		$	—	$	5

Other Actions

At June 30, 2015, the Company also had a restructuring accrual of $10 related to actions taken in 2011 and 2012 to reduce manufacturing capacity and headcount in its European Aerosol and Specialty Packaging businesses. The Company expects to pay the liability through 2024 as certain employees have elected to receive payment as a fixed monthly sum over future years. The Company continues to review its supply and demand profile and long-term plans in Europe and it is possible that the Company may record additional restructuring charges in the future.

Crown Holdings, Inc.


J.	Debt

The Company’s outstanding debt was as follows:



	June 30, 2015			December 31, 2014
Short-term debt	$	56		$	75
Long-term debt
Senior secured borrowings:
Revolving credit facilities	$	108		$	—
Term loan facilities
U.S. dollar at LIBOR plus 1.75% due 2018	875			800
Euro (€700 at June 30, 2015) at EURIBOR plus 1.75% due 2018	780			847
Farm credit facility at LIBOR plus 2.00% due 2019	358			358
Senior notes and debentures:
U.S. dollar 6.25% due 2021	700			700
Euro (€650 at June 30, 2015) 4.0% due 2022	724			786
U.S. dollar 4.50% due 2023	1,000			1,000
U.S. dollar 7.375% due 2026	350			350
Euro (€600 at June 30, 2015) 3.375% due 2025	668			—
U.S. dollar 7.50% due 2096	64			64
Other indebtedness in various currencies	204			281
Unamortized discounts	(2		)	(2		)
Total long-term debt	5,829			5,184
Less: current maturities	(152		)	(177		)
Total long-term debt, less current maturities	$	5,677		$	5,007

The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term borrowings, using a market approach incorporating Level 2 inputs such as quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, was $5,891 at June 30, 2015 and $5,346 at December 31, 2014 .

In February 2015, to fund the acquisition of Empaque as described in Note C , the Company borrowed an additional $75 under its U.S. dollar term loan facility due in December 2018 and $675 under its U.S. dollar term loan facility due in February 2022.

In May 2015, the Company issued €600 ( $668 at June 30, 2015) principal amount of 3.375% senior unsecured notes due 2025. The notes were issued at par by Crown European Holdings S.A., a subsidiary of the Company, and are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The Company used these proceeds to repay its U.S. dollar term loan facility due in February 2022. In connection with the repayment of the term loan facility, the Company recorded a loss from early extinguishment of debt of $9 for the write off of deferred financing costs.


K.	Asbestos-Related Liabilities

Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. (“Crown Cork”) is one of many defendants in a substantial number of lawsuits filed throughout the United States by persons alleging bodily injury as a result of exposure to asbestos. These claims arose from the insulation operations of a U.S. company, the majority of whose stock Crown Cork purchased in 1963. Approximately ninety days after the stock purchase, this U.S. company sold its insulation assets and was later merged into Crown Cork.

Prior to 1998, amounts paid to asbestos claimants were covered by a fund made available to Crown Cork under a 1985 settlement with carriers insuring Crown Cork through 1976, when Crown Cork became self-insured. The fund was depleted in 1998 and the Company has no remaining coverage for asbestos-related costs.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

In recent years, the states of Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Kansas, Michigan, Mississippi, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Utah, Wisconsin and Wyoming enacted legislation that limits asbestos-related liabilities under state law of companies such as Crown Cork that allegedly incurred these liabilities because they are successors by corporate merger to companies that had been involved with asbestos. The legislation, which applies to future and, with the exception of Arkansas, Georgia, South Carolina, South Dakota and Wyoming, pending claims, caps asbestos-related liabilities at the fair market value of the predecessor's total gross assets adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has paid significantly more for asbestos-related claims than the total value of its predecessor's assets adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has integrated the legislation into its claims defense strategy. The Company cautions, however, that the legislation may be challenged and there can be no assurance regarding the ultimate effect of the legislation on Crown Cork.

In June 2003, the state of Texas enacted legislation that limits the asbestos-related liabilities in Texas courts of companies such as Crown Cork that allegedly incurred these liabilities because they are successors by corporate merger to companies that had been involved with asbestos. The Texas legislation, which applies to future claims and pending claims, caps asbestos-related liabilities at the total gross value of the predecessor’s assets adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has paid significantly more for asbestos-related claims than the total adjusted value of its predecessor’s assets.

On October 22, 2010, the Texas Supreme Court, in a 6-2 decision, reversed a lower court decision, Barbara Robinson v. Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., No. 14-04-00658-CV, Fourteenth Court of Appeals, Texas, which had upheld the dismissal of an asbestos-related case against Crown Cork. The Texas Supreme Court held that the Texas legislation was unconstitutional under the Texas Constitution when applied to asbestos-related claims pending against Crown Cork when the legislation was enacted in June 2003. The Company believes that the decision of the Texas Supreme Court is limited to retroactive application of the Texas legislation to asbestos-related cases that were pending against Crown Cork in Texas on June 11, 2003 and therefore, in its accrual, continues to assign no value to claims filed after June 11, 2003.

In December 2001, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania enacted legislation that limits the asbestos-related liabilities of Pennsylvania corporations that are successors by corporate merger to companies involved with asbestos. The legislation limits the successor’s liability for asbestos to the acquired company’s asset value adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has

paid significantly more for asbestos-related claims than the acquired company’s adjusted asset value. In November 2004, the legislation was amended to address a Pennsylvania Supreme Court decision (Ieropoli v. AC&S Corporation, et. al., No. 117 EM 2002) which held that the statute violated the Pennsylvania Constitution due to retroactive application. The Company cautions that the limitations of the statute, as amended, are subject to litigation and may not be upheld.

The Company further cautions that an adverse ruling in any litigation relating to the constitutionality or applicability to Crown Cork of one or more statutes that limits the asbestos-related liability of alleged defendants like Crown Cork could have a material impact on the Company.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015 , the Company paid $9 to settle outstanding claims and had claims activity as follows:



Beginning claims	54,000
New claims	1,000
Settlements or dismissals	(1,000	)
Ending claims	54,000

In the fourth quarter of each year, the Company performs an analysis of outstanding claims and categorizes these claims by year of exposure and state filed. As of December 31, 2014 , the Company's outstanding claims were:



Claimants alleging first exposure after 1964	16,000
Claimants alleging first exposure before or during 1964 filed in:
Texas	13,000
Pennsylvania	2,000
Other states that have enacted asbestos legislation	6,000
Other states	17,000
Total claims outstanding	54,000

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The outstanding claims in each period exclude approximately 19,000 inactive claims. Due to the passage of time, the Company considers it unlikely that the plaintiffs in these cases will pursue further action against the Company. The exclusion of these inactive claims had no effect on the calculation of the Company’s accrual as the claims were filed in states, as described above, where the Company’s liability is limited by statute.

With respect to claimants alleging first exposure to asbestos before or during 1964, the Company does not include in its accrual any amounts for settlements in states where the Company’s liability is limited by statute except for certain pending claims in Texas as described earlier.

With respect to post-1964 claims, regardless of the existence of asbestos legislation, the Company does not include in its accrual any amounts for settlement of these claims because of increased difficulty of establishing identification of relevant insulation products as the cause of injury. Given the Company's settlement experience with post-1964 claims, it does not believe that an adverse ruling in the Texas or Pennsylvania asbestos litigation cases, or in any other state that has enacted asbestos legislation, would have a material impact on the Company with respect to such claims.

As of December 31, the percentage of outstanding claims related to claimants alleging serious diseases (primarily mesothelioma and other malignancies) were as follows:



	2014		2013		2012
Total claims	22	%	21	%	19	%
Pre-1964 claims in states without asbestos legislation	41	%	39	%	36	%

Crown Cork has entered into arrangements with plaintiffs’ counsel in certain jurisdictions with respect to claims which are not yet filed, or asserted, against it. However, Crown Cork expects claims under these arrangements to be filed or asserted against Crown Cork in the future. The projected value of these claims is included in the Company’s estimated liability as of June 30, 2015 .

As of June 30, 2015 , the Company’s accrual for pending and future asbestos-related claims and related legal costs was $ 263 , including $ 211 for unasserted claims. The Company’s accrual includes estimated probable costs for claims through the year 2024 . The Company’s accrual excludes potential costs for claims beyond 2024 because the Company believes that the key assumptions underlying its accrual are subject to greater uncertainty as the projection period lengthens.

It is reasonably possible that the actual loss could be in excess of the Company’s accrual. The Company is unable to estimate the reasonably possible loss in excess of its accrual due to uncertainty in the following assumptions that underlie the Company’s accrual and the possibility of losses in excess of such accrual: the amount of damages sought by the claimant (which was not specified for approximately 88% of the claims outstanding at the end of 2014 ), the Company and claimant’s willingness to negotiate a settlement, the terms of settlements of other defendants with asbestos-related liabilities, the bankruptcy filings of other defendants (which may result in additional claims and higher settlements for

non-bankrupt defendants), the nature of pending and future claims (including the seriousness of alleged disease, whether claimants allege first exposure to asbestos before or during 1964 and the claimant’s ability to demonstrate the alleged link to Crown Cork), the volatility of the litigation environment, the defense strategies available to the Company, the level of future claims, the rate of receipt of claims, the jurisdiction in which claims are filed, and the effect of state asbestos legislation (including the validity and applicability of the Pennsylvania legislation to non-Pennsylvania jurisdictions, where the substantial majority of the Company’s asbestos cases are filed).


L.	Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

The Company, along with others in most cases, has been identified by the EPA or a comparable state environmental agency as a Potentially Responsible Party (“PRP”) at a number of sites and has recorded aggregate accruals of $7 for its share of estimated future remediation costs at these sites. The Company has been identified as having either directly or indirectly disposed of commercial or industrial waste at the sites subject to the accrual, and where appropriate and supported by available information, generally has agreed to be responsible for a percentage of future remediation costs based on an estimated volume of materials disposed in proportion to the total materials disposed at each site. The Company has not had monetary sanctions imposed nor has the Company been notified of any potential monetary sanctions at any of the sites.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The Company has also recorded aggregate accruals of $6 for remediation activities at various worldwide locations that are owned by the Company and for which the Company is not a member of a PRP group. Although the Company believes its accruals are adequate to cover its portion of future remediation costs, there can be no assurance that the ultimate payments will not exceed the amount of the Company’s accruals and will not have a material effect on its results of operations, financial position and cash flow. Any possible loss or range of potential loss that may be incurred in excess of the recorded accruals cannot be estimated.

The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to various other lawsuits and claims with respect to governmental, labor, environmental, securities, vendor and other matters arising out of the Company’s normal course of business. While the impact on future financial results is not subject to reasonable estimation because considerable uncertainty exists, management believes that the ultimate liabilities resulting from such lawsuits and claims will not materially affect the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flow.

In March 2015, the Bundeskartellamt , or German Federal Cartel Office (“FCO”), conducted unannounced inspections of the premises of several metal packaging manufacturers, including a German subsidiary of the Company. The local court order authorizing the inspection cited FCO suspicions of anti-competitive agreements in the market for the supply of metal packaging products. The FCO’s investigation is ongoing and proceedings of this nature can often continue for several years. To date, the FCO has not officially charged the Company or any of its subsidiaries with any violations of competition law. The Company has commenced an internal investigation into the matter, is cooperating with the FCO and anticipates submitting a leniency application which may lead to the reduction of any penalties that the FCO may impose as a result of the investigation. If the FCO finds that the Company or any of its subsidiaries violated competition law, the FCO has the authority to levy fines, which could be material. At this stage of the investigation the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of the FCO’s investigation and any potential loss, or timing of such loss, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated.

The Company has various commitments to purchase materials, supplies and utilities as part of the ordinary course of business. The Company’s basic raw materials for its products are steel and aluminum, both of which are purchased from multiple sources. The Company is subject to fluctuations in the cost of these raw materials and has periodically adjusted its selling prices to reflect these movements. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be able to fully recover any increases or fluctuations in raw material costs from its customers. The Company also has commitments for standby letters of credit and for purchases of capital assets.

At June 30, 2015 , the Company was party to certain indemnification agreements covering environmental remediation, lease payments and other potential costs associated with properties sold or businesses divested. For agreements with defined liability limits the maximum potential amount of future liability was $8 . The Company accrues for costs related to these items when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. At June 30, 2015 , the Company also had guarantees of $28 related to the residual values of leased assets.


M.	Earnings Per Share

The following table summarizes the computations of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to the Company.



	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	142	$	106	$	186	$	130
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	137.9		137.2		137.8		137.0
Dilutive stock options and restricted stock	1.4		1.4		1.4		1.4
Diluted	139.3		138.6		139.2		138.4
Basic earnings per share	$	1.03	$	0.77	$	1.35	$	0.95
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.02	$	0.76	$	1.34	$	0.94

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 , 0.1 million contingently issuable common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would be anti-dilutive.

Crown Holdings, Inc.


N.	Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The components of net periodic pension and other postretirement benefits costs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
Pension benefits – U.S. plans	2015			2014			2015			2014
Service cost	$	4		$	4		$	9		$	8
Interest cost	15			17			31			33
Expected return on plan assets	(25		)	(26		)	(50		)	(52		)
Recognized net loss	13			10			25			21
Net periodic cost	$	7		$	5		$	15		$	10



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
Pension benefits – Non-U.S. plans	2015			2014			2015			2014
Service cost	$	7		$	6		$	12		$	13
Interest cost	30			42			60			81
Expected return on plan assets	(43		)	(53		)	(85		)	(102		)
Recognized prior service credit	(4		)	(4		)	(7		)	(8		)
Recognized net loss	14			19			27			37
Net periodic cost	$	4		$	10		$	7		$	21



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
Other postretirement benefits	2015			2014			2015			2014
Service cost	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	1
Interest cost	2			3			4			6
Recognized prior service credit	(9		)	(8		)	(17		)	(17		)
Recognized net loss	2			2			3			4
Net periodic benefit	$	(5	)	$	(3	)	$	(10	)	$	(6	)


O.	Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income as a result of the following items:



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
	2015			2014			2015			2014
U.S. statutory rate at 35%	$	70		$	62		$	105		$	90
Tax on foreign income	(27		)	(27		)	(39		)	(44		)
Tax contingencies	1			—			8			—
Valuation allowance	2			5			5			10
Non-deductible impairment charge	—			—			1			15
Other items, net	3			10			6			12
Income tax provision	$	49		$	50		$	86		$	83

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, the increase in tax contingencies is primarily due to an unfavorable Spanish tax court ruling in a case not directly involving the Company.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, non-deductible impairment charges primarily related to the divestiture of certain operations in connection with the Company's acquisition of Mivisa.


P.	Segment Information

The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on segment income. Segment income, which is not a defined term under GAAP, is defined by the Company as gross profit excluding the impact of fair value adjustments related to the sale of inventory acquired in an acquisition and the timing impact of hedge ineffectiveness, less selling and administrative expenses. Segment income should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income data prepared in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to calculations of similarly titled measures by other companies.

The tables below present information about the Company's operating segments.



	External Sales				External Sales
	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Americas Beverage	$	741	$	594	$	1,358	$	1,143
North America Food	170		213		330		392
European Beverage	422		496		746		884
European Food	492		555		923		928
Asia Pacific	310		316		620		614
Total reportable segments	2,135		2,174		3,977		3,961
Non-reportable segments	143		209		298		415
Total	$	2,278	$	2,383	$	4,275	$	4,376

The primary sources of revenue included in non-reportable segments are the Company's aerosol can businesses in North America and Europe, the Company's specialty packaging business in Europe and the Company's tooling and equipment operations in the U.S. and United Kingdom.



	Intersegment Sales				Intersegment Sales
	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Americas Beverage	$	24	$	32	$	45	$	51
North America Food	1		1		2		4
European Beverage	—		1		—		1
European Food	24		25		51		47
Asia Pacific	—		—		—		—
Total reportable segments	49		59		98		103
Non-reportable segments	27		29		54		58
Total	$	76	$	88	$	152	$	161

Intersegment sales primarily include sales of ends and components used to manufacture cans, such as printed and coated metal, as well as parts and equipment used in the manufacturing process.

Crown Holdings, Inc.



	Segment Income				Segment Income
	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Americas Beverage	$	99	$	85	$	184	$	164
North America Food	23		38		47		67
European Beverage	66		83		104		142
European Food	68		63		110		89
Asia Pacific	39		36		74		70
Total reportable segments	$	295	$	305	$	519	$	532

A reconciliation of segment income of reportable segments to income before income taxes and equity earnings is as follows:



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
	2015			2014			2015			2014
Segment income of reportable segments	$	295		$	305		$	519		$	532
Segment income of non-reportable segments	20			22			37			46
Corporate and unallocated items	(41		)	(54		)	(94		)	(112		)
Restructuring and other	3			(31		)	(17		)	(83		)
Loss from early extinguishments of debt	(9		)	—			(9		)	—
Interest expense	(69		)	(66		)	(134		)	(124		)
Interest income	2			1			4			3
Foreign exchange	1			—			(5		)	(6		)
Income before income taxes	$	202		$	177		$	301		$	256

Corporate and unallocated items includes corporate and division administrative costs, technology costs, and unallocated items such as the U.S. and U.K. pension plan costs, fair value adjustments for the sale of inventory acquired in an acquisition and the timing impact of hedge ineffectiveness.

Crown Holdings, Inc.


Q.	Condensed Combining Financial Information

Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. (Issuer), a 100% owned subsidiary, has $350 principal amount of 7.375% senior notes due 2026 and $64 principal amount of 7.5% senior notes due 2096 outstanding that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Crown Holdings, Inc. (Parent). No other subsidiary guarantees the debt.

The following condensed combining financial statements:

• statements of comprehensive income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 ,

• balance sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , and

• statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

are presented on the following pages to comply with the Company’s requirements under Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the three months ended June 30, 2015

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net sales						$	2,278					$	2,278
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization						1,843						1,843
Depreciation and amortization						62						62
Gross profit						373						373
Selling and administrative expense			$	3		96						99
Restructuring and other						(3		)				(3		)
Loss on early extinguishments of debt						9						9
Net interest expense			25			42						67
Foreign exchange						(1		)				(1		)
Income/(loss) before income taxes			(28		)	230						202
Provision for / (benefit from) income taxes			(8		)	57						49
Equity earnings / (loss) in affiliates	$	142	131						$	(273	)	—
Net income	142		111			173			(273		)	153
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests						(11		)				(11		)
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	142	$	111		$	162		$	(273	)	$	142

Comprehensive income	$	150	$	116		$	181		$	(286	)	$	161
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests						(11		)				(11		)
Comprehensive income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	150	$	116		$	170		$	(286	)	$	150

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the three months ended June 30, 2014

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net sales						$	2,383					$	2,383
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization						1,960						1,960
Depreciation and amortization						47						47
Gross profit						376						376
Selling and administrative expense			$	2		101						103
Restructuring and other						31						31
Net interest expense			24			41						65
Income/(loss) before income taxes			(26		)	203						177
Provision for / (benefit from) income taxes			(4		)	54						50
Equity earnings / (loss) in affiliates	$	106	132						$	(238	)	—
Net income	106		110			149			(238		)	127
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests						(21		)				(21		)
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	106	$	110		$	128		$	(238	)	$	106

Comprehensive income	$	130	$	134		$	176		$	(286	)	$	154
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests						(24		)				(24		)
Comprehensive income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	130	$	134		$	152		$	(286	)	$	130

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the six months ended June 30, 2015

(in millions)



	Parent			Issuer			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net sales							$	4,275					$	4,275
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization							3,503						3,503
Depreciation and amortization							113						113
Gross profit							659						659
Selling and administrative expense				$	5		192						197
Restructuring and other							17						17
Loss from early extinguishment of debt							9						9
Net interest expense				51			79						130
Foreign exchange							5						5
Income/(loss) before income taxes				(56		)	357						301
Provision for / (benefit from) income taxes				(9		)	95						86
Equity earnings / (loss) in affiliates	$	186		188						$	(374	)	—
Net income	186			141			262			(374		)	215
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests							(29		)				(29		)
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	186		$	141		$	233		$	(374	)	$	186

Comprehensive income	$	(6	)	$	38		$	68		$	(79	)	$	21
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests							(27		)				(27		)
Comprehensive income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	(6	)	$	38		$	41		$	(79	)	$	(6	)

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the six months ended June 30, 2014

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net sales						$	4,376					$	4,376
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization						3,621						3,621
Depreciation and amortization						82						82
Gross profit						673						673
Selling and administrative expense			$	5		202						207
Restructuring and other			14			69						83
Net interest expense			47			74						121
Foreign exchange						6						6
Income/(loss) before income taxes			(66		)	322						256
Provision for / (benefit from) income taxes			(9		)	92						83
Equity earnings / (loss) in affiliates	$	130	191						$	(321	)	—
Net income	130		134			230			(321		)	173
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests						(43		)				(43		)
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	130	$	134		$	187		$	(321	)	$	130

Comprehensive Income	$	172	$	176		$	275		$	(405	)	$	218
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests						(46		)				(46		)
Comprehensive income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	172	$	176		$	229		$	(405	)	$	172

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING BALANCE SHEET

As of June 30, 2015

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer		Non- Guarantors		Eliminations			Total Company
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents					$	288				$	288
Receivables, net					1,098					1,098
Inventories					1,454					1,454
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	1	$	68	275					344
Total current assets	1		68		3,115					3,184

Intercompany debt receivables					3,792		$	(3,792	)	—
Investments	3,055		2,430				(5,485		)	—
Goodwill and intangible assets					3,790					3,790
Property, plant and equipment, net					2,672					2,672
Other non-current assets			397		316					713
Total	$	3,056	$	2,895	$	13,685	$	(9,277	)	$	10,359

Liabilities and equity
Current liabilities
Short-term debt					$	56				$	56
Current maturities of long-term debt					152					152
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	13	$	33	2,479					2,525
Total current liabilities	13		33		2,687					2,733

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities			412		5,265					5,677
Long-term intercompany debt	2,917		875				$	(3,792	)	—
Postretirement and pension liabilities					862					862
Other non-current liabilities			302		381					683
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Noncontrolling interests					278					278
Crown Holdings shareholders’ equity/(deficit)	126		1,273		4,212		(5,485		)	126
Total equity/(deficit)	126		1,273		4,490		(5,485		)	404
Total	$	3,056	$	2,895	$	13,685	$	(9,277	)	$	10,359

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2014

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer		Non- Guarantors		Eliminations			Total Company
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents					$	965				$	965
Receivables, net					1,031					1,031
Inventories					1,324					1,324
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	1	$	69	186					256
Assets held for sale					48					48
Total current assets	1		69		3,554					3,624

Intercompany debt receivables					2,885		$	(2,885	)	—
Investments	2,199		2,350				(4,549		)	—
Goodwill and intangible assets					2,926					2,926
Property, plant and equipment, net					2,437					2,437
Other non-current assets			397		324					721
Total	$	2,200	$	2,816	$	12,126	$	(7,434	)	$	9,708

Liabilities and equity
Current liabilities
Short-term debt					$	75				$	75
Current maturities of long-term debt					177					177
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	20	$	35	2,596					2,651
Liabilities related to assets held for sale					23					23
Total current liabilities	20		35		2,871					2,926

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities			412		4,595					5,007
Long-term intercompany debt	2,061		824				$	(2,885	)	—
Postretirement and pension liabilities					871					871
Other non-current liabilities			310		207					517
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Noncontrolling interests					268					268
Crown Holdings shareholders’ equity/(deficit)	119		1,235		3,314		(4,549		)	119
Total equity/(deficit)	119		1,235		3,582		(4,549		)	387
Total	$	2,200	$	2,816	$	12,126	$	(7,434	)	$	9,708

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the six months ended June 30, 2015

(in millions)



	Parent			Issuer			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net cash provided by/(used for) operating activities	$	10		$	(56	)	$	31					$	(15	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures							(111		)				(111		)
Purchase of business							(1,207		)				(1,207		)
Proceeds from sale of business							30						30
Intercompany investing activities	(862		)	5			862			$	(5	)	—
Other							(14		)				(14		)
Net cash provided by/(used for) investing activities	(862		)	5			(440		)	(5		)	(1,302		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from long-term debt							1,421						1,421
Payments of long-term debt							(752		)				(752		)
Net change in revolving credit facility and short-term debt							96						96
Net change in long-term intercompany balances	856			51			(907		)				—
Debt issue costs							(17		)				(17		)
Common stock issued	5												5
Common stock repurchased	(9		)										(9		)
Dividends paid							(5		)	5			—
Dividend paid to noncontrolling interests							(17		)				(17		)
Other							(48		)				(48		)
Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities	852			51			(229		)	5			679
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents							(39		)				(39		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	—			—			(677		)	—			(677		)
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1							965						965
Cash and cash equivalents at June 30	$	—		$	—		$	288		$	—		$	288

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the six months ended June 30, 2014

(in millions)



	Parent			Issuer			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net cash provided by/(used for) operating activities	$	7		$	(60	)	$	(64	)				$	(117	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures							(149		)				(149		)
Purchase of business							(733		)				(733		)
Proceeds from sale of business							22						22
Intercompany investing activities	(941		)	47			941			$	(47	)	—
Other							6						6
Net cash provided by/(used for) investing activities	(941		)	47			87			(47		)	(854		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from long-term debt							1,827						1,827
Payments of long-term debt							(1,015		)				(1,015		)
Net change in revolving credit facility and short-term debt							(130		)				(130		)
Net change in long-term intercompany balances	926			13			(939		)				—
Debt issue costs							(33		)				(33		)
Common stock issued	10												10
Common stock repurchased	(2		)										(2		)
Dividends paid							(47		)	47			—
Purchase of noncontrolling interests							(93		)				(93		)
Dividend paid to noncontrolling interests							(34		)				(34		)
Other							(2		)				(2		)
Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities	934			13			(466		)	47			528
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents							(2		)				(2		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	—			—			(445		)	—			(445		)
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1							689						689
Cash and cash equivalents at June 30	$	—		$	—		$	244		$	—		$	244

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Crown Americas, LLC, Crown Americas Capital Corp. II and Crown Americas Capital Corp. III (collectively, the Issuers), 100% owned subsidiaries of the Company, have outstanding $700 principal amount of 6.25% senior notes due 2021 and $1,000 principal amount of 4.5% senior notes due 2023 , which are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Crown Holdings, Inc. (Parent) and substantially all subsidiaries in the United States. The guarantors are wholly owned by the Company and the guarantees are made on a joint and several basis.

The following condensed combining financial statements:


•	statements of comprehensive income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 ,


•	balance sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , and


•	statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

are presented on the following pages to comply with the Company’s requirements under Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the three months ended June 30, 2015

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer			Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net sales						$	542		$	1,736					$	2,278
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization						433			1,410						1,843
Depreciation and amortization						8			54						62
Gross profit						101			272						373
Selling and administrative expense			$	3		36			60						99
Restructuring and other						2			(5		)				(3		)
Loss from early extinguishments of debt			9												9
Net interest expense			24			23			20						67
Technology royalty						(10		)	10						—
Foreign exchange			8						(1		)	(8		)	(1		)
Income/(loss) before income taxes			(44		)	50			188			8			202
Provision for / (benefit from) income taxes			(17		)	23			40			3			49
Equity earnings / (loss) in affiliates	$	142	38			84						$	(264	)	—
Net income	142		11			111			148			(259		)	153
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests									(11		)				(11		)
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	142	$	11		$	111		$	137		$	(259	)	$	142

Comprehensive income	$	150	$	13		$	116		$	162		$	(280	)	$	161
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests									(11		)				(11		)
Comprehensive income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	150	$	13		$	116		$	151		$	(280	)	$	150

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the three months ended June 30, 2014

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer			Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net sales						$	572		$	1,811					$	2,383
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization						462			1,498						1,960
Depreciation and amortization						8			39						47
Gross profit						102			274						376
Selling and administrative expense			$	2		34			67						103
Restructuring and other			(1		)	7			25						31
Net interest expense			18			21			26						65
Technology royalty						(13		)	13						—
Income/(loss) before income taxes			(19		)	53			143						177
Provision for / (benefit from) income taxes			(7		)	27			30						50
Equity earnings / (loss) in affiliates	$	106	59			84						$	(249	)	—
Net income	106		47			110			113			(249		)	127
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests									(21		)				(21		)
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	106	$	47		$	110		$	92		$	(249	)	$	106

Comprehensive income	$	130	$	51		$	134		$	136		$	(297	)	$	154
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests									(24		)				(24		)
Comprehensive income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	130	$	51		$	134		$	112		$	(297	)	$	130

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the six months ended June 30, 2015

(in millions)



	Parent			Issuer			Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net sales							$	1,028		$	3,247					$	4,275
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization							820			2,683						3,503
Depreciation and amortization							16			97						113
Gross profit							192			467						659
Selling and administrative expense				$	5		78			114						197
Restructuring and other							2			15						17
Loss from early extinguishment of debt				9												9
Net interest expense				44			46			40						130
Technology royalty							(19		)	19						—
Foreign exchange				8						5			(8		)	5
Income/(loss) before income taxes				(66		)	85			274			8			301
Provision for / (benefit from) income taxes				(25		)	46			62			3			86
Equity earnings / (loss) in affiliates	$	186		88			102						$	(376	)	—
Net income	186			47			141			212			(371		)	215
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests										(29		)				(29		)
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	186		$	47		$	141		$	183		$	(371	)	$	186

Comprehensive Income	$	(6	)	$	53		$	38		$	20		$	(84	)	$	21
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests										(27		)				(27		)
Comprehensive income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	(6	)	$	53		$	38		$	(7	)	$	(84	)	$	(6	)

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the six months ended June 30, 2014

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer			Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net sales						$	1,071		$	3,305					$	4,376
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization						860			2,761						3,621
Depreciation and amortization						15			67						82
Gross profit						196			477						673
Selling and administrative expense			$	4		73			130						207
Restructuring and other			1			43			39						83
Net interest expense			27			43			51						121
Technology royalty						(24		)	24						—
Foreign exchange									6						6
Income/(loss) before income taxes			(32		)	61			227						256
Provision for / (benefit from) income taxes			(12		)	41			54						83
Equity earnings / (loss) in affiliates	$	130	99			114						$	(343	)	—
Net income	130		79			134			173			(343		)	173
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests									(43		)				(43		)
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings	$	130	$	79		$	134		$	130		$	(343	)	$	130

Comprehensive income	$	172	$	89		$	176		$	208		$	(427	)	$	218
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests									(46		)				(46		)
Comprehensive income attirbutable to Crown Holdings	$	172	$	89		$	176		$	162		$	(427	)	$	172

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING BALANCE SHEET

As of June 30, 2015

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer		Guarantors		Non- Guarantors		Eliminations			Total Company
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents			$	57			$	231				$	288
Receivables, net					$	2	1,096					1,098
Intercompany receivables					34		11		$	(45	)	—
Inventories					299		1,155					1,454
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	1	1		78		264					344
Total current assets	1		58		413		2,757		(45		)	3,184

Intercompany debt receivables			3,252		3,643		699		(7,594		)	—
Investments	3,055		2,097		838				(5,990		)	—
Goodwill and intangible assets					472		3,318					3,790
Property, plant and equipment, net			1		331		2,340					2,672
Other non-current assets			48		412		253					713
Total	$	3,056	$	5,456	$	6,109	$	9,367	$	(13,629	)	$	10,359

Liabilities and equity
Current liabilities
Short-term debt							$	56				$	56
Current maturities of long-term debt			$	47			105					152
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	13	46		$	512	1,954					2,525
Intercompany payables					11		34		$	(45	)	—
Total current liabilities	13		93		523		2,149		(45		)	2,733

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities			2,926		412		2,339					5,677
Long-term intercompany debt	2,917		1,271		3,160		246		(7,594		)	—
Postretirement and pension liabilities					439		423					862
Other non-current liabilities					302		381					683
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Noncontrolling interests							278					278
Crown Holdings shareholders’ equity/(deficit)	126		1,166		1,273		3,551		(5,990		)	126
Total equity/(deficit)	126		1,166		1,273		3,829		(5,990		)	404
Total	$	3,056	$	5,456	$	6,109	$	9,367	$	(13,629	)	$	10,359

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2014

(in millions)



	Parent		Issuer		Guarantors		Non- Guarantors		Eliminations			Total Company
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents			$	128			$	837				$	965
Receivables, net					$	18	1,013					1,031
Intercompany receivables					20		11		$	(31	)	—
Inventories					291		1,033					1,324
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	1	4		75		176					256
Assets held for sale							48					48
Total current assets	1		132		404		3,118		(31		)	3,624

Intercompany debt receivables			2,415		2,640		27		(5,082		)	—
Investments	2,199		2,005		850				(5,054		)	—
Goodwill and intangible assets					473		2,453					2,926
Property, plant and equipment, net			1		328		2,108					2,437
Other non-current assets			51		413		257					721
Total	$	2,200	$	4,604	$	5,108	$	7,963	$	(10,167	)	$	9,708

Liabilities and equity
Current liabilities
Short-term debt							$	75				$	75
Current maturities of long-term debt					$	44	133					177
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	20	$	49	480		2,102					2,651
Intercompany payables					11		20		$	(31	)	—
Liabilities related to assets held for sale							23					23
Total current liabilities	20		49		535		2,353		(31		)	2,926

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities			2,858		368		1,781					5,007
Long-term intercompany debt	2,061		584		2,199		238		(5,082		)	—
Postretirement and pension liabilities					464		407					871
Other non-current liabilities					307		210					517
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Noncontrolling interests							268					268
Crown Holdings shareholders’ equity/(deficit)	119		1,113		1,235		2,706		(5,054		)	119
Total equity/(deficit)	119		1,113		1,235		2,974		(5,054		)	387
Total	$	2,200	$	4,604	$	5,108	$	7,963	$	(10,167	)	$	9,708

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the six months ended June 30, 2015

(in millions)



	Parent			Issuer			Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net provided by/(used for) operating activities	$	10		$	(29	)	$	64		$	(60	)				$	(15	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures							(21		)	(90		)				(111		)
Purchase of business										(1,207		)				(1,207		)
Proceeds from sale of business										30						30
Intercompany investing activities	(862		)	2			9			862			$	(11	)	—
Other							(10		)	(4		)				(14		)
Net cash provided by/(used for) investing activities	(862		)	2			(22		)	(409		)	(11		)	(1,302		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from long-term debt				750						671						1,421
Payments of long-term debt				(675		)				(77		)				(752		)
Net change in revolving credit facility and short-term debt				40						56						96
Net change in long-term intercompany balances	856			(150		)	(42		)	(664		)				—
Debt issue costs				(9		)				(8		)				(17		)
Common stock issued	5															5
Common stock repurchased	(9		)													(9		)
Dividends paid										(11		)	11			—
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests										(17		)				(17		)
Other										(48		)				(48		)
Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities	852			(44		)	(42		)	(98		)	11			679
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents										(39		)				(39		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	—			(71		)	—			(606		)	—			(677		)
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1				128						837						965
Cash and cash equivalents at June 30	$	—		$	57		$	—		$	231		$	—		$	288

Crown Holdings, Inc.

CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the six months ended June 30, 2014

(in millions)



	Parent			Issuer			Guarantors			Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Total Company
Net provided by/(used for) operating activities	$	7		$	(18	)	$	(2	)	$	(104	)				$	(117	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures							(17		)	(132		)				(149		)
Purchase of business										(733		)				(733		)
Proceeds from sale of business										22						22
Intercompany investing activities	(941		)	3			47			941			$	(50	)	—
Other							4			2						6
Net cash provided by/(used for) investing activities	(941		)	3			34			100			(50		)	(854		)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from long-term debt				942						885						1,827
Payments of long-term debt										(1,015		)				(1,015		)
Net change in revolving credit facility and short-term debt										(130		)				(130		)
Net change in long-term intercompany balances	926			(1,053		)	42			85						—
Debt issue costs				(21		)				(12		)				(33		)
Common stock issued	10															10
Common stock repurchased	(2		)													(2		)
Dividends paid										(50		)	50			—
Purchase of noncontrolling interests							(76		)	(17		)				(93		)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests										(34		)				(34		)
Other										(2		)				(2		)
Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities	934			(132		)	(34		)	(290		)	50			528
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents										(2		)				(2		)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	—			(147		)	(2		)	(296		)	—			(445		)
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1				177			2			510						689
Cash and cash equivalents at June 30	$	—		$	30		$	—		$	214		$	—		$	244

Crown Holdings, Inc.

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollars in millions)

Introduction

The following discussion presents management's analysis of the results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014 and changes in financial condition and liquidity from December 31, 2014. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, along with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in and referred to within this report.

Business Strategy and Trends

The Company's strategy is to grow its businesses in targeted international growth markets, while improving operations and results in more mature markets through disciplined pricing, cost control and careful capital allocation.

The Company identifies and evaluates growth opportunities through capacity additions in existing plants, new plants in developing markets that it already knows and understands, and potential strategic acquisitions in geographic areas and product lines in which it already operates. In response to increasing global customer demand for beverage cans in non-standard sizes, commonly called "specialty cans", the Company will continue to make investments in converting existing capacity or adding new capacity for non-standard can sizes. The Company rigorously evaluates each investment opportunity against a variety of metrics and every approved project is undertaken with an eye toward creating long-term shareholder value. Cash flows generated from the Company's operations may be reinvested in the business, used for acquisitions, used to repay debt or returned to shareholders through share repurchases or possible future dividends. Following the acquisition of Empaque as described below, the Company's primary focus in 2015 is to utilize cash flow to reduce leverage. The Company does not presently anticipate any share repurchases or dividends in 2015.

In recent years, the Company has developed its beverage can platform in emerging markets with particular focus on Asia, Brazil and Eastern Europe. Beverage can volume growth in these markets has been driven by increased per capita incomes and consumption, combined with an increased preference for cans over other forms of beverage packaging.

In April 2014, the Company completed its acquisition of Mivisa, the largest food can producer in both the Iberian Peninsula and Morocco; primarily serving the vegetable, fruit, fish and meat markets in a cash transaction valued at $1.7 billion. In February 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of Empaque, a leading manufacturer for the beverage industry in Mexico, from Heineken N.V., in a cash transaction valued at $1.2 billion. Accompanying the Empaque transaction are long-term supply agreements with Heineken affiliates which are expected to provide a stable cash flow base. In February 2015, the Company announced plans to construct a new beverage can plant in Monterrey, Mexico. The addition of Empaque and the Monterrey facility significantly increases the Company's presence in the growing Mexican market and substantially enhances the Company's strategic position in beverage cans, both regionally and globally.

Beverage can sales unit volumes in the Company's mature markets have been stable to slightly declining in North America and slightly increasing in Europe. Global food and aerosol can sales unit volumes have been stable to declining in recent years. While the opportunity for organic volume growth in the Company's mature markets is not comparable to that in targeted international growth markets, the Company continues to generate strong returns on invested capital and significant cash flow from these businesses. The Company monitors capacity across all of its businesses and, where necessary, may take action such as closing a plant or reducing headcount to better manage its costs. Any or all of these actions may result in additional restructuring charges in the future which may be material.

As part of the Company's efforts to manage cost, it attempts to pass-through increases in the cost of aluminum and steel to its customers. In the Americas Beverage segment, the Company has generally been able to pass-through increases in aluminum premium costs to its customers. In the European Beverage segment, the Company has generally been unable to pass-through increases in aluminum premium costs to its customers. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to recover from its customers the impact of any such increased costs. Aluminum and steel prices can be subject to significant volatility and there has not been a consistent and predictable trend in pricing.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

In assessing the Company's performance, the key performance measure used is segment income, a non-GAAP measure generally defined by the Company as gross profit excluding the impact of fair value adjustments related to the sale of inventory acquired in an acquisition and the timing impact of hedge ineffectiveness, less selling and administrative expenses.

Results of Operations

The foreign currency translation impacts referred to below were primarily due to changes in the euro and pound sterling in the Company's European businesses, the Brazilian real, Canadian dollar and Mexican peso in the Company's Americas segments and the Chinese renminbi and Thai baht in the Company's Asia Pacific segment.

Net Sales and Segment Income



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
	2015			2014			2015			2014
Net sales	$	2,278		$	2,383		$	4,275		$	4,376
Beverage cans and ends as a percentage of net sales	59		%	55		%	58		%	56		%
Food cans and ends as a percentage of net sales	26		%	29		%	26		%	27		%

Three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales decreased primarily due to the impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by the acquisitions of Empaque and Mivisa. Net sales would have been $241 higher using exchange rates in effect during the second quarter of 2014.

Six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales decreased primarily due to the impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by the acquisitions of Empaque and Mivisa. Net sales would have been $413 higher using exchange rates in effect during the first six months of 2014.

Discussion and analysis of net sales and segment income by segment follows.

Americas Beverage

The Americas Beverage segment manufactures aluminum beverage cans, ends, steel crowns, glass bottles and aluminum closures and supplies a variety of customers from its operations in the U.S., Brazil, Canada, Colombia and Mexico. The U.S. and Canadian beverage can markets are mature markets which have experienced slightly declining volumes in recent years. In Brazil, the Company's sales unit volumes have increased in recent years primarily due to market growth driven by increased per capita incomes and consumption, combined with an increased preference for cans over other forms of beverage packaging.

In February 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of Empaque, a leading manufacturer of beverage packaging in Mexico. Empaque has been integrated with the Company's existing Americas Beverage business.

Net sales and segment income in the Americas Beverage segment are as follows:



	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net sales	$	741	$	594	$	1,358	$	1,143
Segment income	99		85		184		164

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales increased primarily due to $173 from the acquisition of Empaque. The increase from Empaque and 3% volume growth in North America was partially offset by lower volumes in Brazil and the impact of foreign currency translation. Net sales would have been $51 higher using exchange rates in effect during the second quarter of 2014.

Segment income increased primarily due to the acquisition of Empaque, partially offset by lower volumes in Brazil and the impact of foreign currency translation. Segment income would have been $8 higher using exchange rates in effect during the second quarter of 2014.

Six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales increased $248 due to the acquisition of Empaque, partially offset by 6% lower volume in Brazil and the impact of foreign currency translation. Net sales would have been $76 higher using exchange rates in effect during the first six months of 2014.

Segment income increased $43 due to the acquisition of Empaque, partially offset by lower volume in Brazil and the impact of foreign currency translation. Segment income would have been $11 higher using exchange rates in effect during the first six months of 2014.

North America Food

The North America Food segment manufactures steel and aluminum food cans and ends and metal vacuum closures and supplies a variety of customers from its operations in the U.S. and Canada. The North American food can and closures market is a mature market which has experienced stable to slightly declining volumes in recent years.

Net sales and segment income in the North America Food segment are as follows:



	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net sales	$	170	$	213	$	330	$	392
Segment income	23		38		47		67

Three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales and segment income decreased due to decreased sales unit volumes primarily attributable to the loss of certain customers and lower seasonal demand.

Six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales and segment income decreased primarily due to a 19% decrease in sales unit volumes primarily attributable to the loss of certain customers.

European Beverage

The Company's European Beverage segment manufactures steel and aluminum beverage cans and ends and supplies a variety of customers from its operations throughout Europe, the Middle East and North Africa. In recent years, the European beverage can market has been growing.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Net sales and segment income in the European Beverage segment are as follows:



	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net sales	$	422	$	496	$	746	$	884
Segment income	66		83		104		142

Three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales and segment income decreased primarily due to a 4% decline in sales unit volumes, primarily in the Middle East due to ongoing conflicts in the region and the impact of foreign currency translation. Net sales and segment income would have been $61 and $7 higher, respectively, using exchange rates in effect during the second quarter of 2014.

Six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales and segment income decreased primarily due to a 6% decline in sales unit volumes, primarily in the Middle East due to ongoing conflicts in the region and the impact of foreign currency translation. Net sales and segment income would have been $99 and $11 higher, respectively, using exchange rates in effect during the first six months of 2014.

European Food

The European Food segment manufactures steel and aluminum food cans, ends and metal vacuum closures, and supplies a variety of customers from its operations throughout Europe and Africa. The European food can market is a mature market which has experienced stable to slightly declining volumes in recent years. In April 2014, the Company completed its acquisition of Mivisa and in June 2014 divested certain Crown and Mivisa operations as required for regulatory approval.

Net sales and segment income in the European Food segment are as follows:



	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net sales	$	492	$	555	$	923	$	928
Segment income	68		63		110		89

Three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales and segment income decreased primarily due to the impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by a 1% increase in sales unit volumes. Net sales and segment income would have been $108 and $14 higher, respectively, using exchange rates in effect during the second quarter of 2014.

Six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales decreased primarily due to the impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by increased sales unit volumes and $145 for an additional four months of Mivisa. Net sales would have been $193 higher using exchange rates in effect for the first six months of 2014.

Segment income increased primarily due to sales unit volume growth, including the impact of Mivisa, and improved cost performance, partially offset by foreign currency translation. Segment income would have been $24 higher using exchange rates in effect during the first six months of 2014.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Asia Pacific

The Company's Asia Pacific segment primarily consists of beverage can operations in Cambodia, China, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam and also includes the Company's non-beverage can operations, primarily food cans and specialty packaging in China, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. In recent years, the beverage can market in Asia has been growing.

Net sales and segment income in the Asia Pacific segment are as follows:



	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net sales	$	310	$	316	$	620	$	614
Segment income	39		36		74		70

Three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales decreased due to $12 from reduced selling prices including the pass-through of lower raw material costs and the impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by increased sales unit volumes. Net sales would have been $5 higher using exchange rates in effect during the second quarter of 2014.

Segment income increased primarily due to increased sales unit volumes and improved cost performance.

Six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014

Net sales increased due to $38 from increased sales unit volumes, partially offset by $22 from lower selling prices including the pass-through of lower raw material costs, the impact of competitive price compression and the impact of foreign currency translation. Net sales would have been $10 higher using exchange rates in effect during the first six months of 2014.

Segment income increased primarily due to increased sales unit volumes, partially offset by the impact of competitive price compression.

Non-reportable Segments

The Company's non-reportable segments include its European aerosol and specialty packaging business, its North American aerosol can business and its tooling and equipment operations in the U.S. and U.K. In recent years, the Company's aerosol and specialty packaging businesses have experienced slightly declining volumes. In the first quarter of 2015, the Company completed the sale of four of its European industrial specialty packaging plants.

Net sales and segment income in non-reportable segments are as follows:



	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	June 30				June 30
	2015		2014		2015		2014
Net sales	$	143	$	209	$	298	$	415
Segment income	20		22		37		46

Net sales and segment income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014 decreased primarily due to lower sales in the Company's European aerosol and specialty packaging businesses due to the sale of four industrial specialty packaging plants, the transfer of production from a European specialty packaging plant to the European food business and the impact of foreign currency translation. Net sales would have been $14 and $30 higher for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively, using exchange rates in effect during the same periods of 2014.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Corporate and Unallocated Expense



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
	2015			2014			2015			2014
Corporate and unallocated expense	$	(41	)	$	(54	)	$	(94	)	$	(112	)

For the three months ended June 30, 2014, corporate and unallocated expense included a charge of $15 related to the impact of fair value adjustments for the sale of inventory acquired in the acquisition of Mivisa.

For the six months ended June 30, 2015, corporate and unallocated expense included a charge of $6 related to fair value adjustments for the sale of inventory acquired in the acquisition of Empaque and a benefit of $4 related to the timing of hedge ineffectiveness.

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, corporate and unallocated expense included a charge of $15 related to fair value adjustments for the sale of inventory acquired in the acquisition of Mivisa and a charge of $4 related to the timing of hedge ineffectiveness.

Cost of Products Sold (Excluding Depreciation and Amortization)

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014, cost of products sold (excluding depreciation and amortization) decreased from $1,960 to $1,843 and from $3,621 to $3,503 as the impact of foreign currency translation was partially offset by the impact of the acquisitions of Mivisa and Empaque. Cost of products sold would have been $196 and $340 higher for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 using exchange rates in effect during the same periods of 2014.

Depreciation and Amortization

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014, depreciation and amortization expense increased from $47 to $62 and from $82 to $113 primarily due to depreciation and amortization of fixed assets and intangible assets recorded in connection with the Company's acquisitions of Mivisa and Empaque.

Selling and Administrative Expense

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014, selling and administrative expense decreased from $103 to $99 and $207 to $197 due to the impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by higher corporate costs.

Interest Expense

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014, interest expense increased from $66 to $69 and from $124 to $134 primarily due to higher average debt outstanding due to the acquisitions of Mivisa and Empaque.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Taxes on Income

The Company's effective income tax rate was as follows:



	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	June 30						June 30
	2015			2014			2015			2014
Income before income taxes	$	202		$	177		$	301		$	256
Provision for income taxes	49			50			86			83
Effective income tax rate	24		%	28		%	29		%	32		%

For the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014, the Company's effective income tax rate was lower primarily due to non-deductible transaction costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of Mivisa in 2014.

For the six months ended June 30, 2015, compared to 2014, the Company's effective income tax rate was lower primarily due to non-deductible impairment charges related to the divestment of certain operations in connection with the Company's acquisition of Mivisa in 2014, partially offset by a charge of $8 in 2015 related to an unfavorable Spanish tax court ruling in a case not directly involving the Company.

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014, net income attributable to noncontrolling interests decreased from $21 to $11 and from $43 to $29 primarily due to lower earnings in the Company's beverage can operations in Brazil and the Middle East.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash from Operations

Cash flows from operating activities improved from a use of $ 117 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to a use of $ 15 in 2015 primarily due to improvements in working capital. Day sales outstanding for trade receivables improved from 40 days in 2014 to 36 days in 2015 due to a decrease of 11 days related to the derecognition of receivables under the Company's securitization and factoring programs, partially offset by an increase of 3 days related to the acquisition of Empaque.

Investing Activities

Cash used for investing activities increased from $ 854 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $1,302 in 2015 primarily due to the acquisition of Empaque, partially offset by lower capital expenditures. The Company currently expects capital expenditures for 2015 to be approximately $350.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities increased from $528 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $679 in 2015 primarily due to higher net borrowings in 2015 to fund the acquisition of Empaque as described in Note J and from payments in 2014 to increase the Company's ownership interest in subsidiaries in Jordan and Tunisia that did not recur in 2015.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Liquidity

As of June 30, 2015 , $218 of the Company's $288 of cash and cash equivalents was located outside the U.S. The Company is not currently aware of any legal restrictions under foreign law that materially impact its access to cash held outside the U.S.

The Company funds its cash needs in the U.S. through a combination of cash flows from operations in the U.S., distributions from certain foreign subsidiaries, borrowings under its revolving credit facility and the acceleration of cash receipts under its receivable securitization facilities. The Company records current and/or deferred U.S. taxes for the earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries. For certain other foreign subsidiaries, the Company considers earnings indefinitely reinvested and has not recorded any U.S. taxes. Of the cash and cash equivalents located outside the U.S., $71 was held by subsidiaries

for which earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested. While based on current operating plans the Company does not foresee a need to repatriate these funds, if such earnings were repatriated the Company would be required to record any incremental U.S. taxes on the repatriated funds.

As of June 30, 2015 , the Company had $1,053 of borrowing capacity available under its revolving credit facility, equal to the total facility of $1,200 less borrowings of $108 and $39 of outstanding standby letters of credit.

Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2015 , the Company has approximately $69 of capital commitments primarily related to its operations in Europe. The Company expects to fund these commitments primarily through cash flows generated from operations and to fund any excess needs over available cash through external borrowings.

Contractual Obligations

During the first six months of 2015 there were no material changes to the Company's contractual obligations provided within Part II, Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 , which information is incorporated herein by reference, except for the debt issuances and repayments described in Note J to the consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

Information regarding the Company's commitments and contingent liabilities appears in Part I within Item 1 of this report under Note L , entitled “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Critical Accounting Policies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States which require that management make numerous estimates and assumptions.

Actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions, impacting the reported results of operations and financial condition of the Company. Part II, Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note A to the consolidated financial statements contained in the Company's Annual Report on Form

10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 describe the significant accounting estimates and policies used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. There have been no significant changes in the Company's critical accounting policies during the six months of 2015. The discussion below supplements the discussion from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 with respect to goodwill.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Goodwill Impairment

As disclosed in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, the estimated fair value of the Company's European Aerosols and Specialty Packaging reporting unit was 47% higher than its carrying value. The Company continues to believe that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If future operating results were to decline, causing the estimated fair value to fall below its carrying value, it is possible that an impairment charge of up to $108 could be recorded.

Forward Looking Statements

Statements included herein in “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” including, but not limited to, in the discussions of asbestos in Note K and commitments and contingencies in Note L to the consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and also in Part I, Item 1: “Business” and Item 3: “Legal Proceedings” and in Part II, Item 7: “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

and Results of Operations,” within the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, which are not historical facts (including any statements concerning plans and objectives of management for capacity additions, share repurchases, dividends, future operations or economic performance, or assumptions related thereto), are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. In addition, the Company and its representatives may, from time to time, make oral or written statements which are also “forward-looking statements.”

These forward-looking statements are made based upon management's expectations and beliefs concerning future events impacting the Company and, therefore, involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Management cautions that forward-looking statements are not guarantees and that actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements.

While the Company periodically reassesses material trends and uncertainties affecting the Company's results of operations and financial condition in connection with the preparation of “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and certain other sections contained in the Company's quarterly, annual or other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Company does not intend to review or revise any particular forward-looking statement in light of future events.

A discussion of important factors that could cause the actual results of operations or financial condition of the Company to differ from expectations has been set forth in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 within Part II, Item 7: “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the caption “Forward Looking Statements” and is incorporated herein by reference. Some of the factors are also discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-Q and in prior Company filings with the SEC. In addition, other factors have been or may be discussed from time to time in the Company's SEC filings.


Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

In the normal course of business the Company is subject to risk from adverse fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates and commodity prices. The Company manages these risks through a program that includes the use of derivative financial instruments, primarily swaps and forwards. Counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties. These instruments are not used for trading or speculative purposes. The extent to which the Company uses such instruments is dependent upon its access to these contracts in the financial markets and its success in using other methods, such as netting exposures in the same currencies to mitigate foreign exchange risk and using sales arrangements that permit the pass-through of commodity prices and foreign exchange rate risks to customers. The Company's objective in managing its exposure to market risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow. For further discussion of the Company's use of derivative instruments and their fair values at June 30, 2015, see Note H to the consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

As of June 30, 2015, the Company had $2.2 billion principal floating interest rate debt. A change of 0.25% in these floating interest rates would change annual interest expense by approximately $5.6 million before tax.

Crown Holdings, Inc.


Item 4.	Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, management, including the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation and as of the end of the quarter for which this report is made, the

Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective. Disclosure controls and procedures ensure that information to be disclosed in reports that the Company files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and terms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

There has been no change in internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

For information regarding the Company's potential asbestos-related liabilities and other litigation, see Note K entitled “Asbestos-Related Liabilities” and Note L entitled “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” to the consolidated financial statements within Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to the other information set forth in this report, carefully consider the factors discussed in Item 1A to Part I in the Company's Annual Report on From 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and in Item 1A to Part II in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015, which could materially affect the Company's business, financial condition or future results. The risks described in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are not the only risks facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to the Company or that the Company currently deems to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and/or operating results.

Item 2. Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The Company made no purchases of its equity securities as part of publicly announced programs during the first six months of 2015.

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

There were no events required to be reported under Item 3 for the quarter ended June 30, 2015.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5. Other Information

None.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Item 6. Exhibits



10.1	Indenture, dated as of May 5, 2015, among Crown European Holdings S.A., the Guarantors (as defined therein), U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch, as paying agent, and Elavon Financial Services Limited, as registrar and transfer agent.

10.2	Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2015, by and among the Issuer, the Company, BNP Paribas, as representative of the initial purchasers of the Notes named in Schedule I thereto, and the Guarantors (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 30, 2015 (File No. 000-50189)).

31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, executed by John W. Conway, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Crown Holdings, Inc. and Thomas A. Kelly, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Crown Holdings, Inc.

101	The following financial information from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, (v) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.




		Crown Holdings, Inc. Registrant

By:		/s/ David A. Beaver
		David A. Beaver
		Vice President and Corporate Controller
		(Chief Accounting Officer)

Date: July 30, 2015

EXHIBIT 10.1

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A.

as Issuer

the Guarantors named herein

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

ELAVON FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED, UK BRANCH

as Paying Agent

and

ELAVON FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED

as Registrar and Transfer Agent

______________________________________

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 5, 2015

______________________________________

3.375% Senior Notes due 2025

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE



TIA		Indenture
Section		Section

310	(a)(1)	7.10
	(a)(2)	7.10
	(a)(3)	N.A.
	(a)(4)	N.A.
	(a)(5)	N.A.
	(b)	7.08; 7.10; 11.02
	(b)(1)	7.10
	(c)	N.A.
311	(a)	7.11
	(b)	7.11
	(c)	N.A.
312	(a)	2.06
	(b)	11.03
	(c)	11.03
313	(a)	7.06
	(b)(1)	N.A.
	(b)(2)	7.06
	(c)	7.06; 11.02
	(d)	7.06
314	(a)	4.06; 4.16; 11.02
	(b)	N.A.
	(c)(1)	11.04
	(c)(2)	11.04
	(c)(3)	N.A.
	(d)	N.A.
	(e)	11.05
	(f)	N.A.
315	(a)	7.01(b0
	(b)	7.05;11.02
	(c)	7.01(a)
	(d)	7.01(c)
	(e)	6.12
316	(a) (last Sentence)	2.10
	(a)(1)(A)	6.05
	(a)(1)(B)	6.04
	(a)(2)	N.A.
	(b)	6.08
	(c)	8.04
317	(a)(1)	6.09
	(a)(2)	6.10
	(b)	2.05; 7.12
318	(a)	11.01

_______________________

N.A. means Not Applicable


Note:	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture

TABLE OF CONTENTS



		Page
	ARTICLE ONE

	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01	Definitions .	1
SECTION 1.02	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .	21
SECTION 1.03	Rules of Construction .	21

	ARTICLE TWO

	THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01	Amount of Notes .	22
SECTION 2.02	Form and Dating; Legends .	22
SECTION 2.03	Execution and Authentication .	23
SECTION 2.04	Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent .	24
SECTION 2.05	Paying Agent To Hold Money .	25
SECTION 2.06	Noteholder Lists .	25
SECTION 2.07	Transfer and Exchange .	25
SECTION 2.08	Replacement Notes .	26
SECTION 2.09	Outstanding Notes .	26
SECTION 2.10	Treasury Notes .	27
SECTION 2.11	Temporary Notes .	27
SECTION 2.12	Cancellation .	28
SECTION 2.13	Defaulted Interest .	28
SECTION 2.14	CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers .	28
SECTION 2.15	Deposit of Moneys .	29
SECTION 2.16	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .	29
SECTION 2.17	Transfer and Exchange of Notes .	30
SECTION 2.18	Computation of Interest .	38

	ARTICLE THREE

	REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01	Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee .	38
SECTION 3.02	Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed .	38
SECTION 3.03	Notice of Redemption .	38
SECTION 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption .	40
SECTION 3.05	Deposit of Redemption Price .	40
SECTION 3.06	Notes Redeemed in Part .	40

-i-



SECTION 3.07	Mandatory Redemption.	41

	ARTICLE FOUR

	COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01	Payment of Notes .	41
SECTION 4.02	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .	41
SECTION 4.03	Rules of Construction .	42
SECTION 4.04	Compliance with Law .	42
SECTION 4.05	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws .	42
SECTION 4.06	Compliance Certificate .	43
SECTION 4.07	Taxes .	43
SECTION 4.08	Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Repurchase Event.	44
SECTION 4.09	[Reserved]	46
SECTION 4.10	[Reserved]	46
SECTION 4.11	Limitation on Liens .	46
SECTION 4.12	[Reserved]	47
SECTION 4.13	[Reserved]	47
SECTION 4.14	[Reserved]	47
SECTION 4.15	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions .	47
SECTION 4.16	Reports to Holders .	48
SECTION 4.17	Additional Note Guarantees .	49
SECTION 4.18	[Reserved]	50
SECTION 4.19	Maintenance of Listing .	50
SECTION 4.20	Payment of Additional Amounts.	50

	ARTICLE FIVE

	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets	53
SECTION 5.01	Successor Person Substituted	54

	ARTICLE SIX

	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01	Events of Default.	55
SECTION 6.02	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission .	57
SECTION 6.03	Other Remedies .	57
SECTION 6.04	Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default .	58
SECTION 6.05	Control by Majority .	58
SECTION 6.06	Limitation on Suits .	59

-ii-



SECTION 6.07	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .	59
SECTION 6.08	Rights of Holders To Receive Payment .	60
SECTION 6.09	Collection Suit by Trustee .	60
SECTION 6.10	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .	60
SECTION 6.11	Priorities.	61
SECTION 6.12	Undertaking for Costs .	61

	ARTICLE SEVEN

	TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01	Duties of Trustee .	61
SECTION 7.02	Rights of Trustee .	63
SECTION 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee .	65
SECTION 7.04	Trustee's Disclaimer .	65
SECTION 7.05	Notice of Defaults .	65
SECTION 7.06	Reports by Trustee to Holders .	66
SECTION 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity .	66
SECTION 7.08	Replacement of Trustee .	67
SECTION 7.09	Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc .	68
SECTION 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification .	69
SECTION 7.11	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .	69
SECTION 7.12	Paying Agents .	69
SECTION 7.13	Communications .	70

	ARTICLE EIGHT

	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 8.01	Without Consent of Noteholders .	70
SECTION 8.02	With Consent of Noteholders .	71
SECTION 8.03	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .	73
SECTION 8.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents .	73
SECTION 8.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes .	73
SECTION 8.06	Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc .	74

	ARTICLE NINE

	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 9.01	Discharge of Indenture .	74
SECTION 9.02	Legal Defeasance .	75
SECTION 9.03	Covenant Defeasance .	76

-iii-



SECTION 9.04	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .	76
SECTION 9.05	Deposited Money and EU Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust.	78
SECTION 9.06	Reinstatement .	78
SECTION 9.07	Moneys Held by Paying Agent .	79
SECTION 9.08	Moneys Held by Trustee .	79

	ARTICLE TEN

	GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 10.01	Guarantee .	80
SECTION 10.02	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee .	81
SECTION 10.03	Release of Guarantors .	81
SECTION 10.04	Waiver of Subrogation .	82
SECTION 10.05	Notice to Trustee .	83
SECTION 10.06	Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability .	83

	ARTICLE ELEVEN

	MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls .	88
SECTION 11.02	Notices .	88
SECTION 11.03	Communications by Holders with Other Holders .	90
SECTION 11.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .	90
SECTION 11.05	Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion .	91
SECTION 11.06	Rules by Trustee and Agents .	91
SECTION 11.07	Business Days; Legal Holidays .	91
SECTION 11.08	Governing Law .	91
SECTION 11.09	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .	92
SECTION 11.10	Successors .	9
SECTION 11.11	Multiple Counterparts .	92
SECTION 11.12	Table of Contents, Headings, etc .	92
SECTION 11.13	Separability .	92
SECTION 11.14	Waiver of Jury Trial .	92
SECTION 11.15	Force Majeure .	92
SECTION 11.16	Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities .	93
SECTION 11.17	Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions.	94
SIGNATURES		S-1

-iv-



	EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-1.	Form of Restricted Note	A-1-1
Exhibit A-2.	Form of Unrestricted Note	A-2-1
Exhibit B.	Form of Private Placement Legend	B-1
Exhibit C.	Form of Legend for Global Note	C-1
Exhibit D.	Form of OID Legend D-1	D-1
Exhibit E.	Form of Temporary Regulation S Legend	E-1
Exhibit F.	Form of Certificate of Transfer	F-1
Exhibit G.	Form of Certificate of Exchange	G-1
Exhibit H.	Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor	H-1
Exhibit I.	Form of Guarantee	I-1

-v-

INDENTURE, dated as of May 5, 2015 among Crown European Holdings S.A., a French société anonyme (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined), U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch, as paying agent (the “ Paying Agent ”), and Elavon Financial Services Limited, as registrar (the “ Registrar ”) and transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

“ Additional Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20.

“ Additional Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

“ Adjusted Net Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Affiliates ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“ Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or agent for service or notices and demands.

“ Agent Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

“ amend ” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify; and “ amendment ” shall have a correlative meaning.

“ asset ” means any asset or property, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible.

“ Attributable Debt ” means, with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, at the time of determination, the lesser of (1) the sale price of the property so leased multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the remaining portion of the base term of the lease included in such transaction and the denominator of which is the base term of such lease, and (2) the total obligation (discounted to the present value at the implicit interest factor, determined in accordance with GAAP, included in the rental payments) of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes as well as maintenance, repairs, insurance, water rates and other items which do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining portion of the base term of the lease included in such transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Sale and Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.”

-2-

“ Authorized Person ” means any person who is designated in writing by the Issuer from time to time to give Instructions to the Trustee or Agent under the terms of this Indenture.

“ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state, local or foreign law for the relief of debtors, and shall include in respect of each of the Issuer and the French Guarantors, provisions of Livre Sixième, Des difficultés des entreprises of the French Code de Commerce .

“ Base Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.17.

“ Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or comparable governing body of such Person.

“ Bund Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the equivalent yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such relevant date.

“ Business Day ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.07.

“ Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be so required to be capitalized on the balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

“ Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; and

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited).

-3-

“ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) any Transfer (other than by way of merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than any Transfer to Parent or one or more Subsidiaries of Parent or any Transfer to one or more Permitted Holders;

(2) the adoption of a plan for the liquidation or dissolution of Parent or the Issuer (other than in a transaction that complies with Article Five);

(3) the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, by way of merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) or “group” (as defined above), other than one or more Permitted Holders, becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent; provided, however , that a transaction in which Parent becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of another Person (other than a Person that is an individual) (the “ New Parent ”) shall not constitute a Change of Control if (a) the shareholders of Parent immediately prior to such transaction “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, at least, a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of such New Parent, immediately following the consummation of such transaction, and (b) immediately following the consummation of such transaction, no “person” (as defined above), other than a Permitted Holder or a holding company satisfying the requirements of this clause, “beneficially owns” (as defined above) directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of such New Parent;

(4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Parent who were members of the Board of Directors of Parent at the beginning of such period are not Continuing Directors; or

(5) the first day on which Parent fails to own, either directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Issuer.

“ Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08.

“ Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08.

-4-

“ Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08.

“ Change of Control Repurchase Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event.

“ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

“ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“ Common Depositary ” means Elavon Financial Services Limited, as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream.

“ Comparable German Bund Issue ” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to November 15, 2024, and that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to November 15, 2024; provided , however , that, if the period from such Redemption Date to November 15, 2024 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used.

“ Comparable German Bund Price ” means, with respect to any relevant date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus , to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income:

(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period;

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(3) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and all other non-cash charges (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period; and

-5-

(4) any non-recurring restructuring charges or expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case, on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges and non-recurring restructuring charges or expenses of, a Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income or loss of such Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person.

“ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP (including amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, capitalized interest, net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations and imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt).

“ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the referent Person or (subject to clause (4) below) a Subsidiary thereof in cash;

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;

(3) the net income of any Subsidiary of such Person shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that net income is not permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, law, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders;

(4) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of such Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets shall be excluded;

(5) any net gain or loss resulting from an asset disposition by the Person in question or any of its Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded;

-6-

(6) extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded;

(7) any fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Financing Transaction shall be excluded; and

(8) (a) the amount of any write-off of deferred financing costs or of indebtedness issuance costs and the amount of charges related to any premium paid in connection with repurchasing or refinancing indebtedness shall be excluded and (b) all non-recurring expenses and charges relating to such repurchase or refinancing of indebtedness or relating to any incurrence of indebtedness, in each case, whether or not such transaction is consummated, shall be excluded.

“ Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent fiscal quarter end for which a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries is available as of that date, minus (a) all current liabilities of such Person and its Subsidiaries reflected on such balance sheet (excluding any current liabilities for borrowed money having a maturity of less than 12 months but by its terms being renewable or extendible beyond 12 months from such date at the option of the borrower) and (b) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangible assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries reflected on such balance sheet, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“ Consolidated Secured Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, (a) the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries that is available as of that date that is secured by a Lien on the assets or property of such specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries or upon shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (b) the total amount of Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries that is available as of that date, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (c) the total amount of Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of such date.

“ Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Secured Indebtedness of such Person as of such date to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the assets or property of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or upon shares of stock or Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which such Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

-7-

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions and dispositions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquired by the specified person or any of its Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and giving effect to the application of proceeds from any dispositions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated EBITDA for such reference period will be calculated without giving effect to clause (4) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income; and

(2) the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded,

provided that to the extent that clause (1) or (2) of this paragraph requires that pro forma effect be given to an acquisition, disposition or discontinued operations, as applicable, such pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Parent (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense resulting from such acquisition whether or not such cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions would be allowed under Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission or any other regulation or policy of the Commission).

“ Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the relevant Person who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

-8-

“ Corporate Trust Office ” means, solely for purposes of presenting the Notes for payment, Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch, as Paying Agent, located at Level 5, 125 Old Broad Street, London EC2N 1AR and, for all other purposes the office of the Trustee at which any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which at the date hereof is located at the address listed in Section 11.02, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer).

“ Covenant Defeasance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03.

“ Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Existing Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities or capital markets financings, in each case with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes or letters of credit, in each case as any such agreement may be amended or refinanced, including any agreement(s) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Parent or Subsidiaries of Parent as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or creditor or group of creditors.

“ Crown ” means Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture.

“ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“ DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.

“ Dutch Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(a)(6).

“ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“ EU Government Obligations ” means marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, any member state of the European Union (as it exists on the Issue Date) or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of such member state of the European Union that, in each case, mature within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

-9-

“ Euro Currency Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than Euros, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of Euros obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into Euros at the spot rate for the purchase of Euros with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business Days prior to such determination.

“ Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.

“ Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

“ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“ Existing Credit Facility ” means the Credit Agreement dated as of December 19, 2013, as such agreement may be amended or refinanced, including any agreement(s) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Parent or Subsidiaries of Parent as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or any successor or replacement agreement(s) and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or creditor or group of creditors.

“ Financing Transaction ” means issuance of the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the application of the net proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum.

“ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Issuer, which at the date hereof ends on December 31.

“ French Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(a)(5).

“ French Subsidiary Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(a)(5).

“ Future Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect on the Issue Date.

-10-

“ German Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Global Note Legend ” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C .

“ Global Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

“ Group Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Group Financing Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, through letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness. “Guarantee” when used as a verb shall have a corresponding meaning.

“ Guarantor ” means:

(1) Parent;

(2) each Subsidiary that executes and delivers a Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.17; and

(3) each Subsidiary that otherwise executes and delivers a Note Guarantee,

in each case, until such time as such Person is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

“ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) any interest rate protection agreements including, without limitation, interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) any foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates;

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar arrangement or agreement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in the prices of commodities; and

-11-

(4) indemnity agreements and arrangements entered into in connection with the agreements and arrangements described in clauses (1), (2) and (3).

“ Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, in respect of borrowed money, whether evidenced by credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit, or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any Principal Property of the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries or upon the shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person, and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person or any liability of any person, whether or not contingent and whether or not it appears on the balance sheet of such Person.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness that does not require the current payment of interest;

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(a) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Parent) of such assets at the date of determination; and

(b) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

For the avoidance of doubt, a letter of credit or analogous instrument will not constitute Indebtedness until it has been drawn upon.

“ Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

“ Initial Purchasers ” means BNP Paribas, Merrill Lynch International, Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, HSBC Bank plc, Banco Santander, S.A., Wells Fargo Securities International Limited, UniCredit Bank AG, Barclays Bank PLC, Mizuho International plc, Scotiabank Europe plc and TD Securities (USA) LLC.

-12-

“ Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

“ Instructions ” means any written notices, written directions or written instructions received by the Trustee or the Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by the Trustee or the Agent to be an Authorized Person.

“ Interest Payment Date ” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

“ Investment Grade ” means a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of Moody’s) and BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of S&P) and the equivalent Investment Grade credit rating from any additional Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by Parent.

“ Issue Date ” means May 5, 2015, the date on which Notes are first issued under this Indenture.

“ Issuer ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Indenture.

“ Judgment Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.17.

“ Legal Defeasance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02.

“ Legal Holiday ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.07.

“ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, debenture, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

“ Losses ” means any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses and judgments (including legal fees and expenses) sustained by either party.

“ Luxembourg Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Make-Whole Premium ” means with respect to a Note at any Make-Whole Redemption Date, an amount equal to the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess, if any, of (x) the present value at such Make-Whole Redemption Date of the sum of (1) the principal amount that would be payable on such Note on November 15, 2024 and (2) all remaining interest payments to and including November 15, 2024 (but excluding any interest accrued to the Make-Whole Redemption Date), discounted on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) from November 15, 2024 to the Make-Whole Redemption Date at a per annum interest rate equal to the Bund Rate on such Make-Whole Redemption Date plus 0.50%, over (y) the outstanding principal amount of such Note.

-13-

“ Make-Whole Redemption ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5 of the Notes.

“ Make-Whole Redemption Date ” means with respect to a Make-Whole Redemption, the date such Make-Whole Redemption is effectuated.

“ Maturity Date ” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal amount of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided.

“ Maximum Guaranteed Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

“ Net Equity Cap ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“ Note Guarantee ” means any Guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

“ Notes ” means the 3.375% Senior Notes due 2025 issued by the Issuer, including, without limitation, any Additional Notes, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.

“ Offering Memorandum ” means the Offering Memorandum of the Issuer, dated April 28, 2015, relating to the offering of the Notes on the Issue Date.

“ Officers ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President of such Person or any other authorized officer or director of such Person.

“ Officers’ Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chairman, President or Chief Executive Officer of such Person, or the equivalent thereof, and the Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President of such Person, or the equivalent thereof, that shall comply with applicable provisions of this Indenture.

-14-

“ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

“ Other Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Parent ” means Crown Holdings, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture and thereafter the successor.

“ Paying Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

“ Payment Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

“ Permitted Holders ” means, collectively, the executive officers of Parent on the Issue Date.

“ Permitted Liens ” means:

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness on any Principal Property existing at the time of its acquisition and Liens created contemporaneously with or within 360 days after (or created pursuant to firm commitment financing arrangements obtained within that period) the later of (a) the acquisition or completion of construction or completion of substantial reconstruction, renovation, remodeling, expansion or improvement (each, a “ substantial improvement ”) of such Principal Property or (b) the placing in operation of such Principal Property after the acquisition or completion of any such construction or substantial improvement;

(2) Liens on property or assets or shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time it is merged, combined or amalgamated with or into or consolidated with, or its assets or Capital Stock are acquired by, Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or it otherwise becomes a Subsidiary of Parent, provided , however , that in each case (a) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien was not incurred in contemplation of such merger, combination, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or transaction in which Person becomes a Subsidiary of Parent and (b) such Lien extends only to the Capital Stock and assets of such Person (and Subsidiaries of such Person) and/or to property other than Principal Property or the Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of Parent;

-15-

(3) Liens securing Indebtedness in favor of Parent and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries;

(4) Liens in favor of or required by a governmental unit in any relevant jurisdiction, including any departments or instrumentality thereof, to secure payments under any contract or statute, or to secure debts incurred in financing the acquisition or construction of or improvements or alterations to property subject thereto;

(5) Liens in favor of any customer arising in respect of and not exceeding the amount of performance deposits and partial, progress, advance or other payments by that customer for goods produced or services rendered to that customer in the ordinary course of business and consignment arrangements (whether as consignor or as consignee) or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

(7) Liens to secure any extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings, refundings or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above or clauses (10) or (12) below or Liens created in connection with any amendment, consent or waiver relating to such Indebtedness, so long as (a) such Lien is limited to (i) all or part of substantially the same property which secured the Lien extended, renewed, refinanced, refunded or replaced and/or (ii) property other than Principal Property or the Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Principal Property Subsidiary of Parent and (b) the amount of Indebtedness secured is not increased (other than by the amount equal to any costs, expenses, premiums, fees or prepayment penalties incurred in connection with any extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement);

(8) Liens in respect of cash in connection with the operation of cash management programs and Liens associated with the discounting or sale of letters of credit and customary rights of set off, banker’s Lien, revocation, refund or chargeback or similar rights under deposit disbursement, concentration account agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or arising by operation of law;

(9) Liens resulting from the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and legal or equitable encumbrances deemed to exist by reason of negative pledges;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, as of the date of such Indebtedness is incurred, the amount that would cause the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio of Parent to be greater than 3.00 to 1.00 as of such date of incurrence;

-16-

(11) Liens on or sales of receivables;

(12) other Liens, in addition to those permitted in clauses (1) through (11) above, securing Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount (including all outstanding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (7) above to extend, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (12)), measured as of the date of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness (after giving pro forma effect to the application of the proceeds therefrom), taken together with the amount of all Attributable Debt of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries at that time outstanding relating to Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted under Section 4.15, not to exceed 15% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of Parent measured as of the date any such Indebtedness is incurred (after giving pro forma effect to the application of the proceeds therefrom and any transaction in connection with which such Indebtedness is being incurred);

(13) landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s or other like Liens, in any case incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to amounts (a) not yet delinquent or (b) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

(14) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims or other like statutory Liens, that (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(15) (a) Liens in the form of zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, covenants, conditions or other restrictions on the use of real property or other minor irregularities in title (including leasehold title) that do not (i) secure Indebtedness or (ii) in the aggregate materially impair the value or marketability of the real property affected thereby or the occupation, use and enjoyment in the ordinary course of business of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such real property and (b) with respect to leasehold interests in real property, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of such leased property encumbering the landlord’s or owner’s interest in such leased property;

(16) Liens in the form of pledges or deposits securing bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, warranties, statutory or regulatory obligations or self-insurance arrangements arising in the ordinary course of business, banker’s acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a similar nature to which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, in each case, made in the ordinary course of business;

-17-

(17) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not entered into for speculative purposes or securing letters of credit that support such Hedging Obligations; and

(18) Liens resulting from operation of law with respect to any judgments, awards or orders to the extent that such judgments, awards or orders do not cause or constitute a Default under this Indenture.

For purposes of clauses (10) and (12) above, (a) with respect to any revolving credit facility secured by a Lien, the full amount of Indebtedness that may be borrowed thereunder will deemed to be incurred at the time any revolving credit commitment thereunder is first extended or increased and will not be deemed to be incurred when such revolving credit facility is drawn upon and (b) if a Lien by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is granted to secure Indebtedness that was previously unsecured, such Indebtedness will be deemed to be incurred as of the date such Indebtedness is secured.

“ Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

“ Physical Notes ” means certificated Notes in registered form.

“ principal ” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

“ Principal Property ” means any manufacturing plant or manufacturing facility owned (excluding any equipment or personalty located therein) by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that has a net book value in excess of 1.5% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of Parent. For purposes of this definition, net book value will be measured at the time the relevant Lien is being created, at the time the relevant secured Indebtedness is incurred or at the time the relevant Sale and Leaseback Transaction is entered into, as applicable.

“ Principal Property Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that owns, operates or leases one or more Principal Properties.

“ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B .

“ Qualified Institutional Buyer ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

-18-

“ Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if either Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of Parent’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, selected by Parent as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both, as the case may be.

“ Rating Date ” means the date that is 60 days prior to the earlier of (a) a Change of Control or (b) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the intention by Parent to effect a Change of Control.

“ Ratings Event ” means the occurrence of the events described in (1) or (2) of this definition on, or within 60 days of the earlier of, (i) the occurrence of a Change of Control or (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the intention by Parent to effect a Change of Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies):

(1) if the Notes are rated by one or both Rating Agencies on the Rating Date as Investment Grade, the rating of the Notes shall be reduced so that the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies; or

(2) if the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes shall remain rated below Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies.

“ Redemption Date ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Notes.

“ Reference German Bund Dealer ” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good faith.

“ Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any relevant date, the average as determined by the Issuer of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany time on the third Business Day preceding the relevant date.

“ Registrar ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

“ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

-19-

“ Regulation S Global Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

“ Regulation S Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

“ Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee including any vice president, assistant vice president or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, and to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note that is a Restricted Note.

“ Restricted Note ” has the same meaning as “restricted security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under the Securities Act; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note.

“ Restricted Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

“ Restricted Physical Note ” means a Physical Note that is a Restricted Note.

“ Restricted Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary.

“ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“ Rule 144A Global Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

“ Rule 144A Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

“ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Corporation, Inc., and its successors.

“ Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15.

“ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“ Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

-20-

“ Spanish Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

“ Swiss Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

“ Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20.

“ Taxing Jurisdiction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20.

“ TIA ” or “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03).

“ Transfer ” means to sell, assign, transfer, lease (other than pursuant to an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), convey or otherwise dispose of, including by Sale and Leaseback Transaction, consolidation, merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise, in one transaction or a series of transactions.

“ Transfer Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

“ Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

“ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a Global Note that is not a Restricted Note.

“ Unrestricted Notes ” means Notes that are not Restricted Notes.

“ Unrestricted Physical Note ” means a Physical Note that is not a Restricted Note.

“ U.S. Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

-21-

“ U.S. Person ” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

“ Voting Stock ” means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to which the holders thereof have power to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of any other class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

“ Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

“indenture securityholder” means a Holder or Noteholder.

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

“obligor on the indenture securities” means the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them.

SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;

(2) “or” is not exclusive;

-22-

(3) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(4) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;

(5) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subsection;

(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(7) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(8) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; and

(9) “€” and “Euros” each refer to the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Communities, as amended.

ARTICLE TWO

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes .

The Trustee shall initially authenticate €600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes for original issue on the Issue Date upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer (other than as provided in Section 2.08). The Trustee shall authenticate additional Notes (“ Additional Notes ”) thereafter in unlimited amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture) for original issue upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08). Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated.

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating; Legends .

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Restricted Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of Unrestricted Notes), each of which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

-23-

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuer is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ Rule 144A Notes ”), Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ Regulation S Notes ”) and all other Restricted Notes shall bear the Private Placement Legend. All Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend.

Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes shall bear a legend substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit D .

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby.

The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar.

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication .

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by two Officers of the Issuer. The signature of any of these Officers on the Notes may be manual, facsimile, .pdf attachment or other electronically transmitted signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

-24-

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture.

Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of €100,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 2.04. Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent .

The Issuer shall maintain (a) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”), (b) an office or agency in London, England where the Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”), (c) an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served and (d) an office or agency to act as transfer agent in respect of the Notes (the “ Transfer Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall provide a copy of such register from time to time upon request of the Issuer. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agents” means the Paying Agent and any additional Paying Agents. The term “Transfer Agent” includes any co-transfer agents. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Registrar, a Paying Agent or a Transfer Agent.

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA, with any Agent that is not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or any required co-registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07.

The Issuer will ensure that it maintains a Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC (as amended from time to time), the directive adopted on March 24, 2014 by the Council of the European Union amending and broadening such directive, or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26 and 27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing, or complying with or introduced in order to conform to, such directive.

-25-

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes and this Indenture. The Issuer initially appoints Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch in London as Paying Agent. The Issuer initially appoints Elavon Financial Services Limited in Dublin as Registrar and Transfer Agent.

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money .

The Paying Agent shall hold for the Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuer, one or more of the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuer and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Noteholder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Noteholders.

SECTION 2.07 Transfer and Exchange .

Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request from the Holder of such Notes to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorneys duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall issue and execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes (and the Guarantors shall execute the Guarantees thereon) evidencing such transfer or exchange at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made to the Noteholder for any registration of transfer or exchange. The Issuer may require from the Noteholder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer taxes or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.06, 4.08, 4.12 or 8.05 (in which events the Issuer shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes). The Issuer shall not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected

-26-

for redemption. The Registrar shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the mailing of notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or of any Note selected, called or being called for redemption except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes .

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Guarantors shall execute the Guarantees thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8‑405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent and any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuer.

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes .

The Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for (a) those canceled by or on behalf of the Trustee, (b) those accepted by the Trustee for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied, those Notes theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and (d) those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or one of its Affiliates holds the Note.

-27-

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to the Trustee that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer.

If a Paying Agent holds, in its capacity as such, on any Maturity Date, Euros sufficient to pay all accrued interest and principal with respect to the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any declaration of acceleration or notice of default or direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other Affiliate of the Issuer shall be disregarded as though they were not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actually received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee established to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, a Guarantor, any other obligor on the Notes or any of their respective Affiliates.

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes .

Until definitive Notes are prepared and ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes.

-28-

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation .

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, the Transfer Agent and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. The Issuer may not reissue or resell or issue new Notes to replace Notes that the Issuer has redeemed or paid, or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest .

If the Issuer defaults on a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes plus (to the extent permitted by law) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Holders thereof on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days prior to the payment date. The Issuer shall fix such special record date and payment date in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. At least 10 days before such special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each affected Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 6.01(1) shall be paid to Holders as of the record date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid.

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers .

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,” “ISIN” and “Common Code” numbers, and if so used, such CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code numbers shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any such CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number used by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of the Notes and of any change in any such CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number.

-29-

SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys .

Prior to 10:00 A.M., London time, one Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date and Maturity Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds Euros sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits such Paying Agent, subject to actual receipt of such funds, to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Common Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person, by wire transfer or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent.

SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .

(a) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Regulation S Global Note ”). The term “ Global Notes ” means the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the nominee of such Common Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Common Depositary and (iii) bear the Private Placement Legend.

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, Euroclear or Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the nominee of the Common Depositary or under the Global Notes. The nominee of the Common Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Common Depositary or impair, as between Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Common Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes only if (x) Euroclear or Clearstream notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as clearing agency, (y) the Common Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as common depositary for such Global Note and the Issuer fails to appoint a successor common depositary within 120 days of such notice or, (z) in the case of any Global Note there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Common Depositary in accordance with its customary procedures.

-30-

(c) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 2.16, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Common Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

(d) Any Restricted Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.17 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through and including the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by a Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “ Restricted Period ”), a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in the form set forth on Exhibit E through such date, which may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.17.

(f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 2.17. Transfer and Exchange of Notes .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.16(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for Physical Notes except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.17(b) or 2.17(f).

-31-

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Common Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.17(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.17(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Common Depositary in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream directing the Common Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.17(f).

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

-32-

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit G , including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (4) thereof,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).

-33-

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Physical Notes . A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Physical Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Physical Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b).

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . Physical Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes as described below:

(i) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G , including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

-34-

(E) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F , including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; or

(F) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Physical Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Physical Note may exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G , including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Notes proposes to transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (4) thereof,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Physical Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii).

-35-

(iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Physical Note may exchange such Unrestricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Physical Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii).

(iv) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . An Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Physical Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Physical Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.17(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Physical Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Physical Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.17(e).

(i) Restricted Physical Notes to Restricted Physical Notes . A Restricted Physical Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Physical Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

-36-

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(D) if the transfer will be made to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (C) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F , including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; and

(E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof.

(ii) Restricted Physical Notes to Unrestricted Physical Notes . Any Restricted Physical Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Physical Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for an Unrestricted Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G , including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F , including the certifications in item (4) thereof,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Unrestricted Physical Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Physical Note may transfer such Unrestricted Physical Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Physical Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

-37-

(iv) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Restricted Physical Notes . An Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Restricted Physical Note.

(f) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(g) Private Placement Legend . Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer to such effect.

(h) General . All Global Notes and Physical Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Physical Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Physical Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years following receipt copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar.

-38-

SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest .

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed.

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee .

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 or 6 of the Notes, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee) but not more than 65 days before the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price(s), and deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained in paragraph 5 or 6 of the Notes. Except as provided in Section 3.04, notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.01 may not be revoked after the time that notice is given to Noteholders pursuant to Section 3.03.

SECTION 3.02. Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes to be redeemed are listed or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis (or if the Notes are held through DTC and if the procedures of DTC at such time do not permit pro rata redemptions, then by lot or by such other method consistent with the procedures of DTC that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and reasonable); provided that no Notes with a principal amount of €100,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. For all purposes of this Indenture unless the context otherwise requires, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption .

At least 30 days, and no more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail, or cause to be mailed, a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.06.

-39-

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP, ISIN and/or Common Code numbers thereof) and shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

(2) the redemption price and the amount of premium and accrued interest to be paid;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(7) that paragraph 5 or paragraph 6 of the Notes, as applicable, is the provision of the Notes pursuant to which the redemption is occurring; and

(8) the aggregate principal amount of Notes that are being redeemed.

At the Issuer’s written request made at least 5 Business Days prior to the date on which notice is to be given (or such shorter period acceptable to the Trustee), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s sole expense.

For Notes which are represented by global certificates held on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear or Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing. So long as any Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market, any such notice to the Holders of the relevant Notes shall also be published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuer will notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any change in the principal amount of Notes outstanding.

-40-

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is mailed and subject to the proviso to this sentence, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that any redemption and notice thereof pursuant to this Indenture may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in such notice and in which case if and/or to the extent such condition(s) precedent is/are not satisfied the Issuer shall have no obligation to redeem Notes on such Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date; and provided , further , that if a Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day.

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .

Prior to 10:00 A.M., London time, one Business Day prior to each Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent Euros sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on any and all Notes to be redeemed on that date (other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation).

On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the second proviso in Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date. If any Note surrendered for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate and in the manner provided in the Notes.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

-41-

SECTION .07. Mandatory Redemption .

Except as provided in Section 4.08 or as contemplated by Article Six, the Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption of the Notes or any sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes .

The Issuer shall pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or the Paying Agents hold on that date Euros designated for and sufficient to pay such installment.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal (including post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Notes.

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and in Dublin, Ireland, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or Registrar or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and in Dublin, Ireland. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

-42-

(c) The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or its Agent, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and in Dublin, Ireland, in each case as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.03 Legal Existence .

Except as permitted by Article Five, Parent shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its legal existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of Parent, Crown and the Issuer and each such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) subject to applicable laws, the material rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of Parent, Crown and the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that Parent, Crown and the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Crown or the Issuer) if the Board of Directors of Parent, Crown or the Issuer, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of Parent, Crown or the Issuer, as applicable and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 4.04 Compliance with Law .

Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances or government rules and regulations to which they are subject, non-compliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, financial condition or results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

SECTION 4.05 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws .

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Issuer and any of the Guarantors from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) the Issuer and each of the Guarantors hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

-43-

SECTION 4.06 Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an Officers’ Certificate (as enumerated by Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA) stating that each Officer has conducted or supervised a review of the activities of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Parent’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ performance under this Indenture during such Fiscal Year, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to the best of such Officers’ knowledge, based upon such review, Parent and Issuer have fulfilled all obligations under this Indenture or, if there has been a Default under this Indenture that is continuing, a description of the event and what action Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five Business Days after an Officer becomes aware of a Default or Event of Default, a certificate of an Officer detailing any continuing Default or Event of Default. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the Holders’ interest of which such Officer is aware, its status and what action Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are taking or propose to take with respect to such Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the Holders’ interest.

(d) The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, the first time the Notes are rated Investment Grade Rating; provided , however , that the failure to deliver such notice shall in no event be deemed a Default or an Event of Default.

SECTION 4.07. Taxes .

Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay prior to delinquency (i) all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies and (ii) all lawful material claims for labor, materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that, neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which disputed amounts adequate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP.

-44-

SECTIO 4.08. Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Repurchase Event .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event or, at the Issuer’s option, prior to the consummation of such Change of Control Repurchase Event but after the public announcement thereof, the Issuer shall send, or at the Issuer’s written request and expense the Trustee shall send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice to each Holder of Notes at its last registered address, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. The notice shall describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and offer to repurchase Notes on the purchase date specified in such notice (which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as required by law) (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. Such obligation will not continue after a discharge of the Issuer or defeasance from its obligations with respect to the Notes. The notice to the Holders shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state:

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.08 and that all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment;

(2) the Change of Control Payment and the Change of Control Payment Date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as required by law);

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Note at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;

-45-

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, .pdf attachment, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased;

(7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided , however , that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of €100,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof; and

(8) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control.

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in minimum amounts of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount in Euros equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes (or portions thereof) being purchased by the Issuer.

Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the monies specified in clause (2) above and the Officers’ Certificate specified in clause (3) above, such Paying Agent shall promptly mail or deliver through Euroclear or Clearstream to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder of Notes a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

-46-

(d) Upon the payment of the Change of Control Payment, the Trustee shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.16, return the Notes purchased to the Issuer for cancellation. The Trustee may act as the Paying Agent for purposes of any Change of Control Offer.

(e) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in a manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 with respect to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described in Article Three, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control Repurchase Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control Repurchase Event at the time the Change of Control Offer is made and such Change of Control Offer is otherwise made in compliance with the provisions of this covenant.

(f) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e‑1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Repurchase Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof.

(g) If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market, the Issuer will publish notices relating to the Change of Control Offer in a leading newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxembourger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notices on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ).

SECTION 4.09. [Reserved]

SECTION 4.10. [Reserved]

SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Liens .

Parent shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur or assume any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any Principal Property or upon the Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any of its Principal Property Subsidiaries, in each case to secure Indebtedness of Parent, any Subsidiary of Parent or any other Person, without securing the Notes (together with, at the option of Parent, any other Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent ranking equally in right of payment with the Notes) equally and ratably with or, at the option of Parent, prior to, such other Indebtedness for so long as such other Indebtedness is so secured. Any Lien that is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 4.11 shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 4.11.

-47-

SECTION 4.12. [Reserved]

SECTION 4.13. [Reserved]

SECTION 4.15. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions .

(a) Parent shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement with any other Person pursuant to which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries leases any Principal Property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by Parent or the Restricted Subsidiary to such other Person (a “ Sale and Leaseback Transaction ”), except that a Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted if Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Principal Property to be leased, without equally and ratably securing the Notes, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

(b) In addition, the following Sale and Leaseback Transactions are not subject to the limitation above and the provisions described in Section 4.11:

(i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years;

(ii) leases between only Parent and a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or only between Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent;

(iii) leases where the proceeds from the sale of the subject property are at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Parent) of the subject property and Parent applies an amount equal to the net proceeds of the sale to the retirement of long-term Indebtedness or the purchase, construction, development, expansion or improvement of other property or equipment used or useful in its business, within 270 days of the effective date of such sale; provided that in lieu of applying such amount to the retirement of long-term Indebtedness, Parent may deliver Notes to the trustee for cancellation; and

-48-

(iv) leases of property executed by the time of, or within 360 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction, development, expansion or improvement, or the commencement of commercial operation, of the subject property.

SECTION 4.16. Reports to Holders .

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding hereunder, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and Holders the following:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information of Parent that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Parent were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by Parent’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if Parent were required to file such reports,

in each case, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. The Issuer may satisfy its obligation to deliver the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above by filing the same with the Commission.

(b) In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, Parent shall file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, furnish to the Holders of such Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Issuer will comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(a).

(c) The Issuer will also make available copies of all reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules of the exchange so require, at the offices of the Listing Agent in Luxembourg or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such reports on the official website of the Issuer ( www.crowncork.com ).

-49-

(d) Delivery of such reports and information to the Trustee shall be for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of them shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein (including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants under this Indenture as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officers’ Certificate).

SECTION 4.17. Additional Note Guarantees .

(h) Parent shall not create, acquire or suffer to exist, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create, acquire or suffer to exist, any Subsidiary other than a Restricted Subsidiary existing as of the Issue Date or that is acquired or created after the Issue Date; provided, however , that each

(A) Domestic Subsidiary and each other Subsidiary of the Parent organized in Canada, England or Wales, Luxembourg, Mexico, the Netherlands, Spain or Switzerland that from time to time is an obligor under the Existing Credit Facility or directly or indirectly (by way of the pledge of any intercompany note or otherwise) Guarantees or in any other manner becomes liable with respect to any Indebtedness of the Issuer, Parent or any other Guarantor (including, without limitation, the Existing Credit Facility), and

(B) Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that directly or indirectly (by way of the pledge of any intercompany note or otherwise) Guarantees or in any other manner becomes liable with respect to any Indebtedness of the Issuer, Parent or any other Guarantor (including, without limitation, Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facility) or is otherwise an obligor under the Existing Credit Facility,

must execute a Note Guarantee (and with such documentation relating thereto as are required under the Indenture, including, without limitation, a supplement or amendment to the Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel as to the enforceability of such Note Guarantee), pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will become a Guarantor (unless, in each case, the incurrence of such Note Guarantee is prohibited under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel)).

(i) A Note Guarantee of any Guarantor shall be subject to release and discharge as provided under Article Ten.

-50-

SECTION 4.18. [Reserved]

SECTION 4.19. Maintenance of Listing .

The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Notes on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for so long as such Notes are outstanding; provided that if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will obtain, prior to the delisting of the Notes from the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, and thereafter use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain, a listing of such Notes on another recognized stock exchange or exchange regulated market in western Europe.

SECTION. 4.20. Payment of Additional Amounts

(j) All payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer under or with respect to a Note, or a Guarantor under or with respect to a Note Guarantee, shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (hereinafter, “ Taxes ”) unless the Issuer or such Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any such Taxes by law, including by the official interpretation or administration thereof by a relevant taxing authority. If any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of France or any other jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Guarantor (or any successor Person) is organized or is a resident or does business for tax purposes or within or through which payment is made or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein (any of the aforementioned being a “ Taxing Jurisdiction ”), will at any time be required to be withheld or deducted from any payment made under or with respect to a Note or a Note Guarantee, or if a Holder actually pays any such Taxes where the Issuer or Guarantor or applicable withholding agent has failed to withhold or deduct Taxes required to be withheld or deducted from any payment made under or with respect to a Note or a Note Guarantee, the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, shall, pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by the holder of such Note (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction by the applicable withholding agent of such Taxes (including any such Taxes on such Additional Amounts) shall not be less than the amount such holder would have received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Additional Amounts will not be paid:

(1) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed, deducted or withheld but for the existence of any present or former connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note, if the Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership or corporation) and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the receipt of such payment or the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of, or the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of, such Note or Note Guarantee);

-51-

(2) subject to subsection (e) of this Section 4.20, with respect to any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or similar tax;

(3) subject to subsection (e) of this Section 4.20, with respect to any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments under or with respect to such Note;

(4) to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed, deducted or withheld if the Holder or beneficial owner of the Note or beneficial owner of any payment on such Note had (i) made a declaration of non-residence, or any other claim or filing for exemption, to which it is entitled or (ii) complied with (to the extent legally eligible to do so) any certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner of such Note or any payment on such Note ( provided that (x) such declaration of nonresidence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required by the applicable law of the Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of the imposition, deduction or withholding of, such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of nonresidence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required under the applicable law of the Taxing Jurisdiction, the relevant Holder at that time has been notified in writing by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other Person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required to be made);

(5) to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed, deducted or withheld if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such Note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

(6) with respect to any payment under or with respect to a Note to any Holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment or Note, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment or Note would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note; and

-52-

(7) any combination of items (1) through (6) above.

The foregoing provisions shall survive any termination or discharge of this Indenture and shall apply mutatis mutandis to any Taxing Jurisdiction with respect to any successor Person to the Issuer or a Guarantor.

(b) The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, if it is the applicable withholding agent, will make any applicable withholding or deduction required by law and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes deducted or withheld is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably available to the Issuer or such Guarantor, such other documentation that provides reasonable evidence of such payment by the Issuer or such Guarantor. Copies of such receipts or other documentation will be made available to the Holders or the Paying Agent, as applicable, upon request.

(c) At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to any Notes is due and payable, if the Issuer or any Guarantor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Issuer or such Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable such Trustee and Paying Agents to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders of Notes on the payment date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30 ^th day prior to any such date, the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent an Officers’ Certificate as described in the preceding sentence and will pay such Additional Amounts promptly after such obligation arises. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall be entitled but shall not be obligated to rely on each Officers’ Certificate until receipt of a further Officers’ Certificate addressing such matters.

(d) Whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

(e) In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes or any other excise, property or similar Taxes that arise in any Taxing Jurisdiction from the execution, issue, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Notes, the Indenture, any Guarantee or any other document or instrument in relation thereto, and the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify the Holders of the Notes for any such Taxes paid by such Holders.

-53-

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01. Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets .

(a) (i) Neither Parent nor the Issuer shall consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or Transfer all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (ii) neither Parent nor the Issuer shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, Transfer all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, to another Person unless:

(1) (A) in the case of a merger, consolidation or Transfer involving Parent, Parent is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or to which such Transfer has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and

(B) in the case of a merger, consolidation or Transfer involving the Issuer, the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such Transfer has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of a member state of the European Union (as it existed on December 31, 2003), Switzerland, the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent or the Issuer, as the case may be) or the Person to which such Transfer has been made assumes all the obligations of Parent, the Issuer or such Subsidiary under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture or amendment of the relevant documents; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following shall be permitted:

the consolidation or merger of Parent with or into or the Transfer of all or

(1) substantially all of the property or assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any such merger or consolidation or Transfer to a Subsidiary of Crown;

-54-

(2) the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of Crown and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any Transfer to a Subsidiary of Crown; and

(3) the consolidation or merger of the Issuer with or into or the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any such consolidation or merger with or into or Transfer to a Subsidiary of Crown.

(1) a consolidation or merger between the Issuer and a Guarantor other than Crown;

(2) a consolidation or merger between a Guarantor and any other Guarantor other than Crown;

(3) a consolidation or merger between a Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) that is not a Guarantor and any other Subsidiary other than Crown;

(4) a consolidation or merger of Parent with or into an Affiliate for the purposes of reincorporating Parent in another jurisdiction;

(5) the Transfer of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Guarantor to the Issuer and/or any other Guarantor other than Crown; or

(6) the Transfer of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) that is not a Guarantor to any other Subsidiary other than Crown;

provided that, in each case involving the Issuer or a Guarantor, if the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the surviving entity of such transaction or the Person to which such Transfer is made, the surviving entity or the Person to which such Transfer is made shall comply with subsection (a)(2) of this Section 5.01.

SECTION 5.02. Successor Person Substituted .

Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of Parent, the Issuer or any other Guarantor, or any Transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent or the Issuer in accordance with the foregoing provisions of Section 5.01, in which Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its related Note Guarantee, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or to which the Transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and, except in the case of a Transfer to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of Parent’s, the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s, as the case may be, other obligations and covenants under the Notes, this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, if applicable.

-55-

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default .

Each of the following constitutes an “ Event of Default ” with respect to the Notes:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest with respect to the Notes;

(2) default in payment when due of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise;

(3) failure by Parent or any Subsidiary for 30 days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture to comply with any of the provisions under Section 4.08 or Article Five;

(4) failure by Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent for 60 days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture to comply with any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture (other than the covenants and agreements specified in clauses (1) through (3) of this Section 6.01);

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay when due at final stated maturity (giving effect to any grace period related thereto) principal of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $75,000,000 or more; and, in each case, Parent has received notice specifying the default from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding and does not cure the default within 30 days;

-56-

(6) failure by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments (net of any amounts covered by insurance and as to which such insurer has not denied responsibility or coverage in writing) aggregating $75,000,000 or more, which judgments are not paid, discharged, bonded or stayed within 60 days after their entry;

(7) (A) a court having jurisdiction over Parent, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Parent enters (x) a decree or order for relief in respect of Parent, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or (y) a decree or order adjudging Parent, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of Parent, the Issuer or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries under any Bankruptcy Law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of Parent, the Issuer or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days or (B) Parent, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (i) commences a voluntary case under any Bankruptcy Law or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any Bankruptcy Law, (ii) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of Parent, the Issuer or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all the property and assets of Parent, the Issuer or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries, (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (iv) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and

(8) any Note Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and this Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Note Guarantee).

-57-

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee, specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to Parent or the Issuer, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if:

(1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived;

(2) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(3) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements, indemnities and advances; and

(4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested by the Holders of a majority of the principal amount outstanding of the Notes to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party.

-58-

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. Any costs associated with actions taken by the Trustee under this Section 6.03 shall be reimbursed to the Trustee by the Issuer and the Guarantors.

SECTION 6.04 Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default .

(a) Subject to Sections 2.10, 6.02, 6.08 and 8.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to waive past Defaults under this Indenture (subject to certain conditions) except a Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note as specified in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This subsection (a) of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(B), and TIA § 316(a)(1)(B) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

(b) Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.05 Control by Majority .

Subject to Sections 2.10 and 7.01, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(A), and TIA § 316(a)(1)(A) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

-59-

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

Subject to Section 6.08, a Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) the Holder has given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

(5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.

A Noteholder may not use any provision of this Indenture to disturb or prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.

SECTION 6.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Parent or of any Subsidiary of Parent, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

-60-

SECTION 6.08. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after such respective due dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

SECTION 6.09. Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any Guarantor (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in the Notes, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.10. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceedings.

-61-

SECTION 6.11. Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes; and

THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.11.

SECTION 6.12. Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 6.08 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If a Default or Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the same circumstances.

The Trustee shall not be deemed to have actual knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

-62-

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge:

(1) The Trustee need perform only those duties expressly set forth in this Indenture and no others.

(2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate, subject to the requirement in the preceding sentence, if applicable.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (b) of this Section 7.01.

(2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

(4) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights, powers or duties.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, subsections (a), (b), (c) and (e) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee.

-63-

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have fully indemnified the Trustee to the satisfaction of the Trustee, against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction (including, but not limited to, the fees and disbursements of agents and attorneys).

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer or any Guarantor. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

Subject to Section 7.01:

(1) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in its original, facsimile, .pdf attachment or other electronically transmitted form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, whether such document is in original, facsimile, .pdf attachment or other electronically transmitted form; even if it has a monetary limit.

(2) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation except for liability resulting from the Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney.

(3) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05. The Trustee shall be protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

-64-

(4) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed by it with due care.

(5) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or willful misconduct.

(6) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(7) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including but not limited to as Registrar and as Paying Agent), and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder.

(8) The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its own negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act.

(9) The Trustee may from time to time request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to the Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any persons authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(10) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer.

(11) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of, or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

-65-

(12) Trustee entitled to assume without enquiry, that the Issuer has performed in accordance with all of the provisions in the Indenture, unless notified to the contrary.

(13) Under no circumstances will the Trustee be liable to the Issuer for any consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit), even if advised of the possibility of such loss or damage.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with either the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent (other than itself as Paying Agent) or any money paid to the Issuer or any Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults .

If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall give to each Noteholder a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs in the manner and to the extent provided in the TIA and otherwise as provided in this Indenture. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default relating to the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture) or relating to Article Five of this Indenture, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

-66-

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders .

If required by TIA § 313(a), within 60 days after March 1 of any year, commencing on the March 1 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c) and TIA § 313(d).

Reports pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be transmitted by mail:

(1) to all Holders of Notes, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Registrar’s books; and

(2) to such Holders of Notes as have, within the two years preceding such transmission, filed their names and addresses with the Trustee for that purpose.

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity .

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation as agreed upon for its services hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Issuer and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in connection with the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture, including, but not limited to, the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and external counsel and such additional fees as may be applicable in the event of a potential Event of Default, an Event of Default or in relation to the exceptional duties.

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its agents, employees, stockholders, directors and officers and any predecessor Trustee for, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, including without limitation taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by each of them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture and including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Guarantors in writing promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity; provided that the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuer and Guarantors of their obligations hereunder except to the extent the Issuer and the Guarantors are actually prejudiced thereby. In the event that a conflict of interest exists, the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.

-67-

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Guarantors need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability to have been incurred by the Trustee through its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except for such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be joint and several liabilities of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or other termination of this Indenture, including any termination or rejection hereof under any Bankruptcy Law.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (7) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law.

For purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall include any trustee appointed pursuant to this Article Seven. The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall apply to Trustee in its capacity as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar and any other Agent under this Indenture.

The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer and the Guarantors in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the Issuer and the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuer’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer may remove the Trustee at their election if:

-68-

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee; provided that if the retiring Trustee resigns and a court has not appointed a successor within 60 days, such retiring Trustee may appoint a successor that meets the eligibility requirements of Section 7.10.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, Noteholders holding at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately following such delivery, the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Noteholder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SETION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc .

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted, or any corporation with which the Trustee may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation, including affiliated corporations, to which the Trustee shall sell or otherwise transfer: (a) all or substantially all of its assets or (b) all or substantially all of its corporate trust business shall, on the date when the merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer becomes effective and to the extent permitted by any applicable laws and subject to the requirements set forth in Section 7.10 of this Indenture become the successor Trustee under this Indenture without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties to this Indenture, unless otherwise required by the Issuer, and after the said effective date all references in this Indenture to the Trustee shall be deemed to be references to such successor corporation. Written notice of any such merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer shall immediately be given to the Issuer by the Trustee.

-69-

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification .

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1) and (2) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in the most recent applicable published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .

The Trustee is subject to and shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

SECTION 7.12. Paying Agents .

The Issuer shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or other parties to this Indenture to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.12:

(A) that it will hold all sums held by it as agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Issuer or by any obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of Holders of the Notes or the Trustee;

(B) that it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon written request from the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and

(C) that it will give the Trustee written notice within three Business Days of any failure of the Issuer (or by any obligor on the Notes) in the payment of any installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable.

-70-

SECTION 7.10. Communications

In no event shall the Agent or any other entity of U.S. Bank National Association be liable for any Losses arising to the Agent or any other entity of U.S. Bank National Association receiving or transmitting any data from any Issuer, any Authorized Person or any party to the transaction via any non-secure method of transmission or communication, such as, but without limitation, by facsimile or email.

The parties hereto accept that some methods of communication are not secure and the Agent or any other entity of U.S. Bank National Association shall incur no liability for receiving instructions via any such non-secure method. The Agent or any other entity of U.S. Bank National Association is authorized to comply with and rely upon any such notice, instructions or other communications believed by it to have been sent or given by an Authorized Person or an appropriate party to the transaction (or authorized representative thereof). The Issuer or authorized officer of the Issuer shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that instructions transmitted to the Agent or any other entity of U.S. Bank National Association pursuant to this Indenture are complete and correct. Any instructions shall be conclusively deemed to be valid instructions from the Issuer or authorized officer of the Issuer to the Agent or any other entity of U.S. Bank National Association for the purposes of this Indenture.

ARTICLE EIGHT

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 8.01. Without Consent of Noteholders .

Notwithstanding Section 8.02, the Issuer and Trustee may modify and amend this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder for any of the following purposes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Physical Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets;

(4) to secure the Notes;

(5) to conform the text of the Indenture, Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Note Guarantees or the Notes;

-71-

(6) to add any Guarantor or release any Guarantor from its Note Guarantee if such release is in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(7) to add to the covenants of the Issuer and the Guarantors for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer and the Guarantors;

(8) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes;

(9) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights under this Indenture of any Holder in any material respect; or

(10) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

SECTION 8.02. With Consent of Noteholders .

(a) Except to the extent provided in Section 8.01 and subsection (b) of this Section 8.02, this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section 8.02, without the consent of each Holder of Notes issued under this Indenture affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Note held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal amount of or change the Maturity Date of any Notes, or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of any such Notes other than, except as set forth in clause (7) below, the provisions of Section 4.08 of this Indenture; provided that the notice period for redemption of the Notes may be reduced to not less than three (3) Business Days with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes if a notice of redemption which remains outstanding has not prior thereto been sent to such Holders;

-72-

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any such Notes;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any such Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note;

(6) make any change to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the waiver of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of the Notes issued hereunder to receive payments of principal of or interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes;

(7) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase Notes arises hereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer with respect to a Change of Control Repurchase Event that has occurred, including, without limitation, in each case, by amending, changing or modifying any of the definitions relating thereto;

(8) release Parent, Crown or any other Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(9) modify or change any provision of this Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or Note Guarantees in a manner adverse to the Holders of Notes.

(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 8.01 or this Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Issuer may elect in its sole discretion to have the Trustee mail such notice prepared by the Issuer on the Issuer’s behalf and at the Issuer’s sole expense. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

-73-

SECTION 8.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 8.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents .

(a) After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent conclusive and binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not made on any such Note.

(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Noteholders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Noteholders has been obtained.

(c) After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action under Section 8.01 or Section 8.02 becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 8.02(b). In that case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Noteholder who has consented to it and every subsequent Noteholder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note.

SECTION 8.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Issuer) shall request the Holder of the Note (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Issuer) to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Noteholder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue, the Guarantors shall endorse and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

-74-

SECTION 8.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc .

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Eight if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such amendment, supplement or waiver. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in signing or refusing to sign an amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 7.01, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating, in addition to the matters required by Section 11.04, that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions).

ARTICLE NINE

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 9.01. Discharge of Indenture .

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and Note Guarantees, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, when all amounts due to the Trustee shall have been paid and either:

(1) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (other than Notes which have been replaced because of mutilation, loss, destruction or wrongful taking as provided in Section 2.08 hereof) for cancellation; or

(2) (a) all Notes outstanding under this Indenture (I) have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption, or (II) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Euros, EU Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding under this Indenture on the maturity date or on the applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be; (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; (c) the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuer or any Guarantor under

-75-

this Indenture; and (d) the Issuer has delivered (I) irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be, and (II) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under any agreement or instrument then known to such counsel which binds or affects the Issuer.

The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer in Article Two and in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

SECTION 9.02. Legal Defeasance .

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall, subject to Section 9.06, execute instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuer acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust funds described in Section 9.04 and as more fully set forth in Section 9.04, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and Sections 4.02, 4.03 and 4.05, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07) and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith and (4) this Article Nine.

Concurrently with any Legal Defeasance, the Issuer may, at its further option, cause to be terminated, as of the date on which such Legal Defeasance occurs, all of the obligations under any or all of the Note Guarantees, if any, then existing and obtain the release of the Note Guarantees of any or all Guarantors. In order to exercise such option regarding a Note Guarantee, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with written notice of its desire to terminate such Note Guarantee prior to the delivery of the Opinions of Counsel referred to in Section 9.04.

-76-

Subject to compliance with this Article Nine, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 9.02 with respect to the Notes notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 9.03. Covenant Defeasance .

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under Sections 4.08, 4.11, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 (except for obligations mandated by the TIA) and clause (3) of Section 5.01(a) released with respect to the outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may fail to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise of the option in this Section 9.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5) and (6) shall not constitute Events of Default.

Notwithstanding any discharge or release of any obligations under this Indenture pursuant to Section 9.02 or this Section 9.03, the Issuer’s obligations in Article Two and Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.06, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive until such time as the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive.

SECTION 9.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 to the outstanding Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes issued under this Indenture, cash in Euros, EU Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants (such opinion shall be addressed and delivered to the Trustee, and upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying), to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

-77-

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) confirming that the Holders of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Issuer must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) to the effect that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuer or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Issuer under applicable Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of applicable Bankruptcy Law;

-78-

(7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and

(8) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

SECTION 9.05. Deposited Money and EU Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust.

All money and EU Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Sections 9.01 and 9.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agents, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall (on a joint and several basis) pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the EU Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Sections 9.01 and 9.04 or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article Nine to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon a request of the Issuer any money or EU Government Obligations held by it as provided in Sections 9.01 and 9.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent satisfaction and discharge, Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 9.06. Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or EU Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02 or 9.03 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Nine until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or EU Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02 or 9.03; provided that if the Issuer or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or EU Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent.

-79-

SECTION 9.07. Moneys Held by Paying Agent .

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys and EU Government Obligations then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Issuer, be paid or delivered to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys and EU Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.04, to the Issuer upon a request of the Issuer (or, if such moneys and EU Government Obligations had been deposited by the Guarantors, to such Guarantors), and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

SECTION 9.08. Moneys Held by Trustee .

Any moneys and EU Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the Issuer or the Guarantors in trust for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Note shall have respectively become due and payable shall be repaid or returned to the Issuer (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors) upon a request of the Issuer, or if such moneys and EU Government Obligations are then held by the Issuer or the Guarantors in trust, such moneys and EU Government Obligations shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer and the Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust moneys and EU Government Obligations shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Issuer and the Guarantors, either mail to each Noteholder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.06, or cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in one newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York, the State of New York, and in one newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in London, England, a notice that such moneys and EU Government Obligations remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such moneys and EU Government Obligations then remaining will be repaid or returned to the Issuer. After payment or return to the Issuer or the Guarantors or the release of any moneys and EU Government Obligations held in trust by the Issuer or any Guarantors, as the case may be, Holders entitled thereto must look only to the Issuer and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

-80-

ARTICLE TEN

GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee .

The Guarantors, by execution of this Indenture, jointly and severally, guarantee to each Holder (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on each Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual payment of all other obligations and due and punctual performance of all obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of such Note and this Indenture and (ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each Guarantor, by execution of this Indenture, agrees that, subject only to the applicable provisions, if any, of Section 10.06, its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any such Note or this Indenture, any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the Issuer with respect thereto by the Holder of such Note, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or such Guarantor.

Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to any such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged as to any such Note except by payment in full of the principal thereof and interest thereon. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.

-81-

The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of any Holder under the Note Guarantees.

SECTION 10.02. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee .

To further evidence the Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I , shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and such Note Guarantee shall be executed by either manual, facsimile, .pdf attachment or other electronically transmitted signature of an Officer of each Guarantor. The validity and enforceability of any Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall be in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

SECTION 10.03. Release of Guarantors .

(a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor (other than Parent) will be unconditionally released and discharged upon any of the following:

(1) any Transfer (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by Parent or any Subsidiary to any Person that is not Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent of all of the Equity Interests of, or all or substantially all of the properties and assets of, such Guarantor;

(2) any Transfer directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by Parent or any Subsidiary to any Person that is not Parent or a Subsidiary of Parent of Equity Interests of such Guarantor or any issuance by such Guarantor of its Equity Interests, such that such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility;

-82-

(3) the release of such Guarantor from all obligations of such Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility, except to the extent such Guarantor is otherwise required to provide a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.17; or

(4) upon the contemporaneous release or discharge of all Guarantees by such Guarantor which would have required such Guarantor to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.17;

(b) Except as provided under Article Five, a Note Guarantee of Parent may be released and discharged only with the consent of each Holder of Notes to which such Note Guarantee relates.

(c) No such release or discharge of a Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be effective against the Trustee or the Holders of Notes to which such Note Guarantee relates (i) if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture as of the time of such proposed release until such time as such Default or Event of Default is cured and waived (unless such release is in connection with the sale of the Equity Interests in such Guarantor constituting collateral for a Credit Facility in connection with the exercise of remedies against such Equity Interests or in connection with a Transfer permitted by this Indenture if, but for the existence of such Default or Event of Default, such Subsidiary would otherwise be entitled to be released from its Note Guarantee following the sale of such Equity Interests) and (ii) until the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, upon which the Trustee shall be entitled but not obligated to rely, stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transactions have been complied with and that such release and discharge is authorized and permitted under this Indenture.

(d) The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Issuer or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Article Ten.

SECTION 10.04. Waiver of Subrogation .

Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or Note on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.04 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

-83-

SECTION 10.05. Notice to Trustee .

The Issuer or any Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Issuer or any such Guarantor which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office in respect of the Note Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article Ten or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Note Guarantees, unless and until the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Issuer no later than one Business Day prior to such payment; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.05, and subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided , however , that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice referred to in this Section 10.05 at least one Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such payment may become payable for any purpose under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it less than one Business Day prior to such date.

SECTION 10.06 Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability .

(e) To the extent applicable, a Guarantor’s liability in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent set forth below:

(1) Limitations Applicable to U.S. Guarantors . Each Guarantor that is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia (a “ U.S. Guarantor ”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of a U.S. Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar U.S. Federal or state or other applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Holder and each U.S. Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of a U.S. Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such U.S. Guarantor result in the obligations of such U.S. Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

-84-

(2) [ Reserved .]

(3) Limitations Applicable to German Guarantors . Each Guarantor incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Germany (a “ German Guarantor ”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the liability of such German Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each German Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under its Note Guarantee shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets of each Guarantor. The obligation of any German Guarantor under this Article Ten will be binding only to the extent that it would not result in a prohibited repayment to such Guarantor’s shareholders of assets necessary to maintain the nominal registered capital of such German Guarantor (Section 30 et seq. GmbH Act).

(4) Limitations Applicable to Swiss Guarantors . Each Guarantor incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Switzerland (a “ Swiss Guarantor ”) and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the liability of such Swiss Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Swiss Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor, result in the obligations of such Swiss Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. The obligations of any Swiss Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited so that they do not result in a prohibited repayment of the share capital of such Swiss Guarantor (Section 680 of the Swiss Code of Obligations), and infringe the mandatory provisions on reserves (Sections 671 to 674 of the Swiss Code of Obligations).

(5) Limitations Applicable to French Guarantors . Each Guarantor incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in France (a “ French Guarantor ”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the obligation and liability of such French Guarantor (a) will not include any obligation or liability which if incurred would constitute the provision of financial assistance within the meaning of Article L. 225-216 of the French Commercial Code and/or would constitute a “misuse of corporate assets or powers” within the meaning of Article L. 241-3 or L. 242-6 of the French Commercial Code (articles are applicable to societés par actions simplifiées pursuant to Article L. 244-1 of the French Commercial Code); and (b) shall be limited to the extent required by applicable law to the maximum amount any such French Guarantor can pay without exceeding its financial capacity or otherwise resulting in insolvency of such French Guarantor, as of the date the note guarantee is subscribed or, if later further amended, restated or reaffirmed, as of such later date, and that the Guarantee given by any of Société de Participations Carnaudmetalbox, Crown Bevcan France SAS, Crown Emballage France SAS and Crown Développment and each other

-85-

Subsidiary Guarantor incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in France (each, a “ French Subsidiary Guarantor ”) will in addition be limited to the equivalent in Euros of the portion of the proceeds of the notes used directly or indirectly to repay or refinance obligations of or obligations guaranteed (to the extent permitted under French law) by, such French Subsidiary Guarantor, or to fund or refinance (directly or indirectly) advances or loans to such French Subsidiary Guarantor.

(6) Limitations Applicable to the Dutch Guarantors . Each Guarantor incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in the Netherlands (a “ Dutch Guarantor ”) and, by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the Dutch Guarantors shall not be liable under its Note Guarantee to the extent that, if it were so liable, its entry into its Note Guarantee would violate (a) section 2:98c of the Dutch Civil Code, (b) its corporate interest or (c) section 3:45 of the Dutch Civil Code or sections 42 or 43 of the Dutch Bankruptcy Act ( Faillissementswet ).

(7) Limitations Applicable to the Luxembourg Guarantors . Each Guarantor incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Luxembourg or which may be incorporated, organized or formed in the future, as the case may be, in Luxembourg (a “ Luxembourg Guarantor ”) and, by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that all liabilities and obligations of such Luxembourg Guarantor arising under any Guarantee, including, without limitation, under the Note Guarantee, shall (a) not in any circumstances include any obligation which, if incurred, would constitute a misuse of corporate assets as defined under article 171-1 of the Luxembourg law on commercial companies dated August 10, 1915, as amended from time to time, and (b) be limited, at all times, to an aggregate amount not exceeding eighty percent (80%) of the Luxembourg Guarantor’s net assets at any given time. In this Indenture, “net assets” means a Luxembourg Guarantor’s “ capitaux propres ” and its subordinated debts (both as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated December 19, 2002 on the Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés and the accounting and annual accounts of undertakings, as amended from time to time.

-86-

(8) Limitations Applicable to the Spanish Guarantors . Each Guarantor incorporated in Spain or which may be incorporated in the future in Spain (a “ Spanish Guarantor ”), and, by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the liabilities and obligations of each Spanish Guarantor under any Note Guarantee shall be equal to the lesser of (a) the equivalent in Euros of the portion of the proceeds of the Notes used directly or indirectly to pay or refinance obligations of, or obligations guaranteed (to the extent permitted under Spanish law) by, such Spanish Guarantor, or to fund or refinance (directly or indirectly) advances of loans to such Spanish Guarantor and (b) the amount of the net equity ( patrimonio neto ) of such Spanish Guarantor as reflected in its latest financial statements (audited, if available) and approved by its sole shareholder before its Note Guarantee is enforced, or, in the event that the Spanish Guarantor is a sociedad de responsabilidad limitada , any lesser amount constituting a limit on such Spanish Guarantor’s ability to guarantee obligations arising from or in connection with debt issuances pursuant to article 401.2 of the Spanish Capital Companies Act ( Real Decreto Legislativo 1/2010, de 2 de julio, por el que se aprueba el texto refundido de la Ley de Sociedades de Capital ) (the “ Net Equity Cap ”); provided , however , that with respect to the Net Equity Cap, in the event that (a) such Spanish Guarantor has guaranteed any other bank financing or debt capital markets financing of Parent or any of its affiliates (each such financing, including the Financing Transaction, a “ Group Financing ” and each such guarantee, including such Spanish Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, a “ Group Financing Guarantee ”), (b) such Group Financing Guarantees are of the same rank, (c) the amount of any other such Group Financing Guarantees is similarly capped and (d) enforcement of any such Group Financing Guarantees occurs on or about the same time as the enforcement of its Note Guarantee, the Net Equity Cap shall be allocated as among the Group Financing Guarantees pro rata , based on the principal amount of each such Group Financing. Without prejudice to the limitations set forth above in this Section 10.06(a)(8), in no event shall the obligations of a Spanish Guarantor pursuant to any Note Guarantee include or extend to any amounts that would render such obligations in contravention of articles 143.2, 150 or 401, as applicable, of the Spanish Capital Companies Act ( Real Decreto Legislativo 1/2010, de 2 de julio, por el que se aprueba el texto refundido de la Ley de Sociedades de Capital ).

(9) Limitations Applicable to Other Guarantors . Each Guarantor that is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction other than one set forth in clauses (1) through (8) above (an “ Other Guarantor ”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of an Other Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Holder and each Other Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of an Other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Other Guarantor result in the obligations of such Other Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

-87-

“ Adjusted Net Assets ” of a Guarantor at any date means the lesser of (1) the amount by which (x) the fair value of the assets of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, but excluding liabilities under its Note Guarantee, of such Guarantor at such date and (y) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds (2) the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities and after giving effect to any collection from any Subsidiary of such Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee), excluding Indebtedness in respect of its Note Guarantee, as they become absolute and matured.

(f) If following the date of this Indenture and notwithstanding anything in Section 8.02 to the contrary:

(1) (i) there shall be any change in the laws of the jurisdictions set forth in clauses (1) through (8) of subsection (a) of this Section 10.06 or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction other than ones set forth in clauses (1) through (8) of subsection (a) of this Section 10.06 (a “ Future Guarantor ”) shall be required to execute a Note Guarantee and the Issuer shall reasonably determine that clause (9) with respect to Other Guarantors shall not adequately address the limitations on such Guarantee imposed by applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as the case may be, of any such Future Guarantor; or

(2) the Issuer shall reasonably determine that it shall be necessary or advisable to amend the terms of clauses (1) through (8) of subsection (a) of this Section 10.06 or to add additional provisions related to the limitations imposed on the Note Guarantee of a Future Guarantor,

then upon the delivery of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer shall be entitled to amend such clauses or add such additional provisions (including any related modifications to the form of Guarantee attached hereto as Exhibit I ), as the case may be, in order for the Note Guarantee of a Guarantor not to so violate applicable law.

-88-

ARTICLE ELEVEN

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies any TIA provision that may be so modified, such TIA provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified. If any provision of this Indenture excludes any TIA provision that may be so excluded, such TIA provision shall be excluded from this Indenture.

The provisions of TIA §§ 310 through 317 that impose duties on any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein.

SECTION 11.02. Notices .

Except for notice or communications to Holders, any notice or communication shall be given in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows:

If to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

Crown European Holdings S.A.

67 Rue Arago

93400 Saint-Ouen, France

Attn: John W. Conway

Telephone: 33 1 4918 4000

Facsimile: 33 1 4918 4001

With copies to:

Crown Holdings, Inc.

One Crown Way

Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599

Attn: General Counsel

Telephone: (215) 698-5100

Facsimile: (215) 676-6011

-89-

With copies to:

Dechert LLP

Cira Center

2929 Arch Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Attn: William G. Lawlor

Telephone: (215) 994‑4000

Facsimile: (215) 994‑2222

If to the Trustee:

U.S. Bank National Association

Two Liberty Place

50 South 16th Street, Suite 2000

Mail Station: EX-PA-WBSP

Philadelphia, PA 19102

Attention: Ralph Jones

Telephone: 215-761-9314

Facsimile: 215-761-9412

Email: Ralph.Jones@usbank.com

If to the Registrar or the Transfer Agent:

Elavon Financial Services Limited

Block E, Cherrywood Business Park

Loughlinstown

Dublin

Attn: MBS Relationship Management

Facsimile: +44 207 365 2577

Email: mbs.relationship.management@usbank.com

If to the Paying Agent:

Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch

Level 5, 125 Old Broad Street

London

EC2N 1AR

Attn: MBS Relationship Management

Facsimile: +44 207 365 2577

Email: mbs.relationship.management@usbank.com

-90-

The Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice.

SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders .

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar, each Agent and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

-91-

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion .

Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(3) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(4) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(5) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(6) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or meetings of Noteholders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 11.07. Business Days; Legal Holidays .

A “ Business Day ” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York, the State of New York are authorized or required by law to close. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

SECTION 11.08. Governing Law .

This Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

-92-

SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of Parent or any Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 11.10 Successors .

All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee, any additional trustee and any Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

SECTION 11.11. Multiple Counterparts .

The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

SECTION 11.12 Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 11.13 Separability .

Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision which is not essential to the effectuation of the basic purpose of this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 11.14 Waiver of Jury Trial .

THE ISSUER, EACH OF THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 11.15 Force Majeure .

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

-93-

SECTION 11.16 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities .

(a) By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer and each Guarantor (i) acknowledges that it has irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 (and any successor entity) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees that may be instituted in any Federal or state court in the State of New York, The City of New York, the Borough of Manhattan or brought under Federal or state securities laws, and acknowledges that CT Corporation System has accepted such designation, (ii) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding in subsection (a)(i) above and (iii) agrees that service of process upon CT Corporation System and written notice of said service to the Issuer in accordance with this Section 11.16 shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Issuer or any Guarantor, if any, in any such suit or proceeding. The Issuer and each Guarantor further agrees to take any and all such action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT Corporation System in full force and effect so long as this Indenture shall be in full force and effect or any of the Notes shall be outstanding; provided , however , that the Issuer or any Guarantor may, by written notice to the Trustee, designate such additional or alternative agent for service of process under this Section 11.16 that (i) maintains an office located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the State of New York, (ii) is a corporate service company which acts as agent for service of process for other Persons in the ordinary course of its business and (iii) agrees to act as agent for service of process in accordance with this Section 11.16. Such notice shall identify the name of such agent for process and the address of such agent for process in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the State of New York.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that the Issuer or any Guarantor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under each of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees. In addition, the Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the courts mentioned in subsection (a) of this Section 11.16 for any reason whatsoever, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue for such suit is improper, or that this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in such courts.

-94-

(c) The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that a final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, nothing in this Section 11.16 shall affect the right of the Trustee to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of the Trustee to bring any action or proceeding against the Issuer or any Guarantor or its property in the courts of any other jurisdictions.

SECTION 11.17 Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions .

(a) Euros are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than Euro by a Holder of the Notes (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer shall only constitute a discharge to the Issuer to the extent of the Euro amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that Euro amount is less than the Euro amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the Notes, the Issuer shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in subsection (b) of this Section 11.17. In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 11.17, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of Euros been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of Euros on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). The indemnities set forth in this Section 11.17 constitute separate and independent obligations from other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of the Notes and shall continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under the Notes.

(b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture:

-95-

(1) (A)

If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) an amount due in any other currency (the “ Base Currency ”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).

(B)

If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when con-verted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

(2) In the event of the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the Euro Currency Equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Issuer or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

(c) The obligations contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this Section 11.17 shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuer or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection (b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

-96-

(d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

[Signature Pages Follow]

-97-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.



		CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A.

	By:	/s/ Timothy J. Donahue
		Name: Timothy J. Donahue
		Title: Directeur Général Délégué

		CROWN HOLDINGS, INC.

	By:	/s/ Thomas A. Kelly
		Name: Thomas A. Kelly
		Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

-98-



		CROWN AMERICAS LLC

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Vice President and Treasurer

		CR USA, INC.
		CROWN BEVERAGE PACKAGING PUERTO RICO, INC.
		CROWN CONSULTANTS, INC.
		CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY (DE), LLC
		CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY, INC.
		CROWN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
		CROWN INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
		CROWN PACKAGING HOLDINGS LLC
		CROWN PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY, INC.
		FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS FINANCE CORPORATION
		NWR, INC.

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Vice President and Treasurer



		CROWN CORK & SEAL USA, INC.

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Assistant Treasurer

		CROWN BEVERAGE PACKAGING, LLC

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Assistant Treasurer

-99-



		MIVISA (USA), INC.

	By:	/s/ Tomas Lopez
		Name: Tomas Lopez
		Title: Chairman, Secretary and Treasurer

-100-



		3079939 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY/3079939
		COMPAGNIE DE LA NOUVELLE ECOSSE

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Vice President and Treasurer

		889273 ONTARIO INC.

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Vice President and Treasurer

		CROWN CANADIAN HOLDINGS ULC

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Vice President and Treasurer

		CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA INC.

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Vice President and Treasurer

		CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA LP
		by its general partner, CROWN METAL
		PACKAGING CANADA INC.

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Vice President and Treasurer

-101-



		CROWN BEVCAN FRANCE SAS

	By:	/s/ Didier Callet
		Name: Didier Callet
		Title: President

		CROWN DÉVELOPPEMENT

	By:	/s/ Timothy J. Donahue
		Name: Timothy J. Donahue
		Title: Directeur Général Délégué

		CROWN EMBALLAGE FRANCE SAS

	By:	/s/ Didier Callet
		Name: Didier Callet
		Title: President

		SOCIÉTÉ DE PARTICIPATIONS
		CARNAUDMETALBOX

	By:	/s/ Didier Callet
		Name: Didier Callet
		Title: Directeur Général Délégué

-102-



		CROWN CORK & SEAL DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS
		GMBH

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley /s/ Rolf Willke
		Name: John Beardsley and Rolf Willke
		Title: Managing Directors

		CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN
		DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley /s/ Roy Kunkel
		Name: John Beardsley and Roy Kunkel
		Title: Managing Directors

		CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN GMBH

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley /s/ Roy Kunkel
		Name: John Beardsley and Roy Kunkel
		Title: Managing Directors

		CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING DEUTSCHLAND
		GMBH

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley /s/ David Harrison
		Name: John Beardsley and David Harrison
		Title: Managing Directors

		CROWN VERPACKUNGEN DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley /s/ Rolf Willke
		Name: John Beardsley and Rolf Willke
		Title: Managing Directors

-103-



		CROWN PACKAGING LUX I, S.À.R.L.

	By:	/s/ Paul Browett
		Name: Paul Browett
		Title: Manager A

		/s/ Abdelhakim Chagaar
		Name: Abdelhakim Chagaar
		Title: Manager B

		CROWN PACKAGING LUX II, S.À.R.L.

	By:	/s/ Paul Browett
		Name: Paul Browett
		Title: Manager A

		/s/ Abdelhakim Chagaar
		Name: Abdelhakim Chagaar
		Title: Manager B

		CROWN PACKAGING LUX III, S.À.R.L.

	By:	/s/ Paul Browett
		Name: Paul Browett
		Title: Manager A

		/s/ Abdelhakim Chagaar
		Name: Abdelhakim Chagaar
		Title: Manager B

-104-



		CROWN ENVASES MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.

	By:	/s/ Djalma Novaes, Jr.
		Name: Djalma Novaes, Jr.
		Title: Chairman and President

		CROWN MEXICAN HOLDINGS, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.

	By:	/s/ Kevin Clothier
		Name: Kevin Clothier
		Title: Vice President and Treasurer

-105-



		CROWN VERPAKKING NEDERLAND BV

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley
		Name: John Beardsley
		Title: President

		FAMOSA, B.V.

	By:	/s/ Paul Browett
		Name: Paul Browett
		Title: Managing Director

		SIVESA, B.V.

	By:	/s/ Paul Browett
		Name: Paul Browett
		Title: Managing Director

		SISA MEXICO B.V.

	By:	/s/ Paul Browett
		Name: Paul Browett
		Title: Managing Director

-106-



		MIVISA ENVASES, S.A.U.

	By:	/s/ Laurent Watteaux
		Name: Laurent Watteaux
		Title: Sole Director

-107-



		CROWN PACKAGING EUROPE GMBH

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley
		Name: John Beardsley
		Title: Managing Officer

-108-



		CARNAUDMETALBOX ENGINEERING LIMITED

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley
		Name: John Beardsley
		Title: Director

		CARNAUDMETALBOX GROUP UK LIMITED

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley
		Name: John Beardsley
		Title: Director

		CARNAUDMETALBOX OVERSEAS LIMITED

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley
		Name: John Beardsley
		Title: Director

		CROWN AEROSOLS UK LIMITED

	By:	/s/ David Harrison
		Name: David Harrison
		Title: Director

		CROWN PACKAGING UK PLC

	By:	/s/ Paul Browett
		Name: Paul Browett
		Title: Director

-109-



		CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING UK LIMITED

	By:	/s/ David Harrison
		Name: David Harrison
		Title: Director

		CROWN UK HOLDINGS LIMITED

	By:	/s/ John Beardsley
		Name: John Beardsley
		Title: Director

-110-



		U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee

	By:	/s/ Ralph E. Jones
		Name: Ralph E. Jones
		Title: Vice President

-111-



		Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch,
		as Paying Agent

	By:	/s/ Hamyd Mazrae
		Name: Hamyd Mazrae
		Title: Authorised Signatory

		/s/ James Hounslow
		Name: James Hounslow
		Title: Authorised Signatory

		Elavon Financial Services Limited, as Registrar
		and Transfer Agent

	By:	/s/ Hamyd Mazrae
		Name: Hamyd Mazrae
		Title: Authorised Signatory

		/s/ James Hounslow
		Name: James Hounslow
		Title: Authorised Signatory

EXHIBIT A-1

[FORM OF RESTRICTED NOTE]

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A.

3.375% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2025

[ Insert Global Note Legend , if applicable ]

[ Insert Private Placement Legend ]

No. [ ] ISIN No. [ ]

Common Code No. [ ]

€[ ]

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A., a French société anonyme , as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), for value received, promises to pay to USB Nominees (UK) Limited or registered assigns the principal sum of [ ] (or such other principal amount as shall be set forth in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in Global Note attached hereto), on May 15, 2025.



Interest Payment Dates:		May 15 and November 15 commencing November 15, 2015.

Record Dates:	May 1 and November 1 (whether or not a Business Day).

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

A-1-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed by two of its duly authorized officers.

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A.


By:	______________________________

Name:

Title:


By:	______________________________

Name:

Title:

A-1-2

Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 3.375% Senior Notes due 2025 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


By:	______________________________

Dated:

A-1-3

[FORM OF REVERSE OF RESTRICTED NOTE]

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A.

3.375% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2025

1. Interest . CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A., a French société anonyme , as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 3.375% per annum. Interest hereon will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including May 5, 2015 ¹ to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each May 15 and November 15 , commencing November 15 , 2015 ² . In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date. . Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

2. Method of Payment . The Issuer will pay interest hereon (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on May 1 or November 1 preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal and interest in Euros. Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes.

3. Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent . Initially, Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch in London will act as Paying Agent and Elavon Financial Services Limited in Dublin will act as Registrar and Transfer Agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

4. Indenture . The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 5, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors, U.S. Bank National Association (the “ Trustee ”), Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch, as paying agent (the “ Paying Agent ”), and Elavon Financial Services Limited, as registrar (the “ Registrar ”) and transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”). This is one of an issue of Notes of the Issuer issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

______________________________

¹ In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

² In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

A-1-4

5. Optional Redemption .

(a) Prior to November 15, 2024, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium (a “ Make-Whole Redemption ”). The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the Make-Whole Premium by delivering to the Trustee, on or before the applicable Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate showing the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for such calculation.

(b) At any time on or after November 15, 2024, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.

In addition, the Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

6. Redemption for Changes in Withholding Tax . The Issuer may, at its option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes then outstanding at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date. This redemption applies only if as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws or treaties (including any rulings or regulations promulgated thereunder) of any Taxing Jurisdiction or any amendment to or change in any official position of a taxing authority in any Taxing Jurisdiction concerning the interpretation, administration or application of such laws, treaties, rulings or regulations (including by virtue of a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which amendment or change in each case is announced and effective on or after the Issue Date (or, (i) in the case of Additional Amounts payable by a successor Person to the Issuer, the date on which such successor Person became such pursuant to applicable provisions of this Indenture or (ii) in the case Additional Amounts caused by a tax imposed by a jurisdiction that became a Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, the date on which such jurisdiction became a Taxing Jurisdiction), the Issuer has become or will become obligated to pay material Additional Amounts (pursuant to Section 4.20 of the Indenture) on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes and the Issuer reasonably determines in good faith that such obligation cannot be avoided (including, without limitation, by changing the jurisdiction from which or through which payment is made) by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer.

A-1-5

Notice of such redemption may not be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due nor later than 180 days after such amendment or change referred to in the preceding paragraph. At the time such notice of redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts must remain in effect. Immediately prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption described above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to elect to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to elect to redeem have occurred and (ii) an opinion of independent legal counsel qualified under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction to the effect that the Issuer or such successor Person, as the case may be, has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such amendment or change.

7. Notice of Redemption . Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption.

8. Offers To Purchase . The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay to it any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for redemption, or register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a mailing of notice of redemption.

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money . If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or any Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person.

A-1-6

12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc . The Issuer and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities, defects or inconsistencies, maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, providing for the assumption by a successor to the Issuer of its obligations to the Holders and making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected.

13. Restrictive Covenants . The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, create Liens, enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and requires the Issuer to provide reports to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

14. Successor Corporation . When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article Five, be released from those obligations.

15. Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to Parent or the Issuer, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

(1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived;

A-1-7

(3) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best interests.

16. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee.

17. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of Capital Stock of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

18. Discharge . The Issuer’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of cash in Euros, EU Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

19. Guarantees . From and after the Issue Date, the Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

20. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

A-1-8

21. Governing Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

22. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Crown European Holdings S.A.67 Rue Arago

93400 Saint-Ouen, France

Attn: John W. Conway

Telephone: 33 1 4918 4000

Facsimile: 33 1 4918 4001

A-1-9

ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ____________ Your Signature: _______________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on

the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee: ______________________________

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-1-10

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

¨ Section 4.08

If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

€ ____________________

(€1,000 or any integral multiple

thereof; provided that the part not

purchased must be at least €100,000)

Date: __________________


Your Signature:	___________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

__________________

Signature Guaranteed

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

A1-11

Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in Global Note ^*

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:



Date of Exchange	Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase)	Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee

_____________________________________

^* Insert in Global Securities only.

A-1-12

EXHIBIT A-2

[FORM OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE]

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A.

3.375% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2025

[ Insert Global Note Legend , if applicable ]

No. [ ] ISIN No. [ ]

Common Code No. [ ]

€[ ]



Interest Payment Dates:		May 15 and November 15 commencing November 15, 2015.
Record Dates:	May 1 and November 1 (whether or not a Business Day).

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

A-2-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed by two of its duly authorized officers.

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A.


By:	______________________________

Name:

Title:


By:	_______________________________

Name:

Title:

A-2-2

Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 3.375% Senior Notes due 2025 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


By:	______________________________

Dated:

A-2-3

[FORM OF REVERSE OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE]

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A.

3.375% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2025

1. Interest . CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A., a French société anonyme , as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 3.375% per annum. Interest hereon will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including May 5, 2015 ³ to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each May 15 and November 15 commencing November 15, 2015 ⁴ . In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date. . Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

__________________________

³ In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

⁴ In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

A-2-4

5. Optional Redemption .

In addition, the Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

6. Redemption for Changes in Withholding Tax . The Issuer may, at its option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes then outstanding at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date. This redemption applies only if as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws or treaties (including any rulings or regulations promulgated thereunder) of any Taxing Jurisdiction, or any amendment to or change in any official position of a taxing authority in any Taxing Jurisdiction concerning the interpretation, administration or application of such laws, treaties, rulings or regulations (including by virtue of a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which amendment or change in each case is announced and effective on or after the Issue Date (or, (i) in the case of Additional Amounts payable by a successor Person to the Issuer, the date on which such successor Person became such pursuant to applicable provisions of this Indenture or (ii) in the case Additional Amounts caused by a tax imposed by a jurisdiction that became a Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, the date on which such jurisdiction became a Taxing Jurisdiction), the Issuer has become or will become obligated to pay material Additional Amounts (pursuant to Section 4.20 of the Indenture) on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes and the Issuer reasonably determines in good faith that such obligation cannot be avoided (including, without limitation, by changing the jurisdiction from which or through which payment is made) by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer.

A-2-5

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes.

A-2-6

(1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived;

A-2-7

(3) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

20. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

A-2-8

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Crown European Holdings S.A.

67 Rue Arago

93400 Saint-Ouen, France

France

Attn: John W. Conway

Telephone: 33 1 4918 4000

Facsimile: 33 1 4918 4001

A-2-9

ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ____________ Your Signature: _______________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on

the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee: ______________________________

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

A-2-10

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

¨ Section 4.08

If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

€ ____________________

(€1,000 or any integral multiple

thereof; provided that the part not

purchased must be at least €100,000)

Date: __________________


Your Signature:	___________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

__________________

Signature Guaranteed

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

A-2-11

Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in Global Note ^*



Date of Exchange	Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase)	Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee

_____________________________________

^* Insert in Global Securities only.

A-2-12

EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED SECURITIES]

Any Restricted Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Global Note) in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY [RULE 144] [REGULATION S] UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) OR, IF LATER, THE LAST DATE UPON WHICH ADDITIONAL NOTES (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) HAVE BEEN ISSUED, OFFER, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN

B-1

COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

B-2

EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE]

Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A COMMON DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF Elavon financial services limited (THE “COMMON DEPOSITARY”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF USb nominees (uk) limited OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO USb nominees (uk) limited OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, USb nominees (uk) limited, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

C-1

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR NOTE ISSUED WITH OID]

Any Note issued with more than de minimis original issued discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form:

“THIS Note IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUER AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: 67 RUE ARAGO, 93400 SAINT-OUEN, FRANCE, ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.”

D-1

EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR TEMPORARY REGULATION S NOTE]

Any Regulation S Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) for the 40 day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) in substantially the following form:

“By its acquisition hereof, the holder hereof represents that it is not a U.S. Person, nor is it purchasing for the account of a U.S. Person, and is acquiring this note in an offshore transaction in accordance with regulation s under the Securities Act.”

E-1

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Crown European Holdings S.A.

67 Rue Arago

93400 Saint-Ouen, France

Elavon Financial Services Limited, as Transfer Agent

Block E, Cherrywood Business Park

Loughlingstown, Dublin

Attention: [ ]

re: Crown European Holdings S.A.

Re: 3.375% Senior Notes due 2025

(CUSIP _____________)

(ISIN _______________)

(Common Code _______)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 5, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among Crown European Holdings S.A., as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch, as paying agent, and Elavon Financial Services Limited, as registrar and transfer agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

______________ (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of ___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to __________ (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Physical Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Physical Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the

F-1

United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof;

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

F-2

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Physical Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit H to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than €250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Global Note and/or the Physical Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Physical Note.

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture.

F-3

(d) Check if Transfer is pursuant to an Effective Registration Statement. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

________________________________

[Insert Name of Transferor]


By:	____________________________

Name:

Title:

Dated: _______________

F-4

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE]

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in a:

(i) ¨ Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP ______) (ISIN ______) (Common Code _______________), or

(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ______) (ISIN ______) (Common Code _______________), or

(b) ¨ a Restricted Physical Note.

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

(i) ¨ Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP _______) (ISIN ______) (Common Code _______________), or

(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ______)(ISIN ______) (Common Code _______________), or

(iii) ¨ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ______) (ISIN ______) (Common Code _______________), or

(b) ¨ a Restricted Physical Note; or

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

F-5

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Crown European Holdings S.A.

67 Rue Arago

93400 Saint-Ouen, France

Elavon Financial Services Limited, as Transfer Agent

Block E, Cherrywood Business Park

Loughlingstown, Dublin

Attention: [ ]

re: Crown European Holdings S.A.

Re: 3.375% Senior Notes due 2025

(CUSIP _____________)

(ISIN _______________)

(Common Code _______)

____________ (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of ____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

G-1

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to Unrestricted Physical Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for an Unrestricted Physical Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Physical Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Physical Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Physical Notes for Restricted Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] __ Rule 144A Global Note or __Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

G-2

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

__________________________________________

[Insert Name of Owner]


By:	_____________________________________

Name:

Title:

Dated: ________________

G-3

EXHIBIT H

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Crown European Holdings S.A.

67 Rue Arago

93400 Saint-Ouen, France

U.S. Bank National Association

Two Liberty Place

50 South 16th Street, Suite 2000

Mail Station: EX-PA-WBSP

Philadelphia, PA 19102

Attention: Trustee Administration Manager

re: Crown European Holdings S.A.

Re: 3.375% Senior Notes due 2025

(CUSIP _____________)

(ISIN _______________)

(Common Code _______)

In connection with our proposed purchase of ____________ aggregate principal amount of:

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b) ¨ a Physical Note,

we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

H-1

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (c) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Issuer a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer, of less than €250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (E) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Physical Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuer such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

H-2

___________________________________

[Insert Name of Accredited Owner]

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

Dated: ________________

H-3

EXHIBIT I

GUARANTEE

Each of the undersigned (the “ Guarantors ”) hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, dated as of May 5, 2015 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among Crown European Holdings S.A., as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch, as paying agent, and Elavon Financial Services Limited, as registrar and transfer agent (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), and subject to the Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, and premium and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Noteholders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (c) all amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

The obligations of the Guarantors to the Noteholders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee. Each Holder of the Note to which this Guarantee is endorsed, by accepting such Note, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Each Guarantor (i) acknowledges that it has irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 (and any successor entity) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees that may be instituted in any Federal or state court in the State of New York, The City of New York, the Borough of Manhattan or brought under Federal or state securities laws, and acknowledges that CT Corporation System has accepted such designation, (ii) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding in (i) above and (iii) agrees that service of process upon CT Corporation System and written notice of said service to the Issuer in accordance with this Guarantee shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Issuer or any Guarantor, if any, in any such suit or proceeding. The Issuer and each Guarantor further agrees to take any and all such action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT Corporation System in full force and effect so long as the Indenture shall be in full force and effect or any of the Notes shall be outstanding; provided , however , that the Issuer or any Guarantor may, by written notice to the Trustee, designate such additional or alternative agent for service of process under this Guarantee that (i) maintains

I-1

an office located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the State of New York, (ii) is a corporate service company which acts as agent for service of process for other Persons in the ordinary course of its business and (iii) agrees to act as agent for service of process in accordance with this Guarantee. Such notice shall identify the name and address of such agent for process in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the State of New York.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that the Issuer or any Guarantor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under each of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees. In addition, the Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the courts mentioned above for any reason whatsoever, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue for such suit is improper, or that this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in such courts.

The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that a final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, nothing in this Guarantee shall affect the right of the Trustee to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of the Trustee to bring any action or proceeding against the Issuer or any Guarantor or its property in the courts of any other jurisdictions.

[Signatures on Following Pages]

I-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.



		CROWN HOLDINGS, INC.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN AMERICAS LLC

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CR USA, INC.
		CROWN BEVERAGE PACKAGING PUERTO RICO, INC.
		CROWN CONSULTANTS, INC.
		CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY (DE), LLC
		CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY, INC.
		CROWN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
		CROWN INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
		CROWN PACKAGING HOLDINGS LLC
		CROWN PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY, INC.
		FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS FINANCE CORPORATION
		NWR, INC.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN CORK & SEAL USA, INC.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-3



		CROWN BEVERAGE PCKAGING, LLC

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		MIVISA (USA), INC.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-4



		3079939 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY/3079939
		COMPAGNIE DE LA NOUVELLE ECOSSE

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		889273 ONTARIO INC.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN CANADIAN HOLDINGS ULC

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA INC.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA LP
		by its general partner, CROWN METAL
		PACKAGING CANADA INC.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-5



		CROWN BEVCAN FRANCE SAS

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN DÉVELOPPEMENT

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN EMBALLAGE FRANCE SAS

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		SOCIÉTÉ DE PARTICIPATIONS
		CARNAUDMETALBOX

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-6



		CROWN PACKAGING LUX I, S.À.R.L.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:


		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN PACKAGING LUX II, S.À.R.L.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN PACKAGING LUX III, S.À.R.L.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-7



		CROWN CORK & SEAL DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS
		GMBH

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN
		DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN GMBH

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING DEUTSCHLAND
		GMBH

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN VERPACKUNGEN DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-8



		CROWN ENVASES MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN MEXICAN HOLDINGS, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-9



		CROWN VERPAKKING NEDERLAND BV

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		FAMOSA, B.V.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		SIVESA, B.V.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		SISA MEXICO B.V.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-10



		MIVISA ENVASES, S.A.U.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-11



		CROWN PACKAGING EUROPE GMBH

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-12



		CARNAUDMETALBOX ENGINEERING LIMITED

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CARNAUDMETALBOX GROUP UK LIMITED

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CARNAUDMETALBOX OVERSEAS LIMITED

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN AEROSOLS UK LIMITED

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN PACKAGING UK PLC

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-13



		CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING UK LIMITED

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

		CROWN UK HOLDINGS LIMITED

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

I-14

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, John W. Conway, certify that:


1.	I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Crown Holdings, Inc. (“the registrant”);


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


a)	designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


b)	designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


c)	evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


d)	disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


a)	all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


b)	any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.



Date:	July 30, 2015	/s/ John W. Conway
		John W. Conway
		Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Thomas A. Kelly, certify that:


1.	I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Crown Holdings, Inc. (“the registrant”);


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


a)	designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


b)	designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


c)	evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


d)	disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


a)	all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


b)	any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.



Date:	July 30, 2015	/s/ Thomas A. Kelly
		Thomas A. Kelly
		Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Crown Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2015 (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of the Company.



Date:	July 30, 2015	/s/ John W. Conway
		John W. Conway
		Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Date:	July 30, 2015	/s/ Thomas A. Kelly
		Thomas A. Kelly
		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

The foregoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section nor shall it be deemed to be incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.